Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended January 28, 2006
Commission File No. 001-31463
DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  16-1241537
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
300 Industry Drive, RIDC Park West, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
(Address of principal executive offices)
  15275
(Zip Code)
(724) 273-3400
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class
Common Stock, $.01 par value
  Name of Each Exchange on which Registered
The New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Act (check one).
Large accelerated filer þ            Accelerated filer o           Non-accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $1,436,114,016 as of July 30, 2005 based upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange reported for July 29, 2005.
The number of shares of common stock and Class B common stock of the registrant outstanding as of March 9, 2006 was 36,630,048 and 13,719,395, respectively.
Documents Incorporated by Reference: Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 7, 2006 (the “2006 Proxy Statement”).
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page Number  
    4  
 
       
    4  
    11  
    18  
    18  
    19  
    19  
 
       
    19  
 
       
    19  
    20  
    22  
    32  
    32  
    32  
    32  
    34  
 
       
    34  
 
       
    34  
    34  
    35  
    35  
    35  
 
       
    35  
 
       
    35  
 
       
    57  
 
       
CERTIFICATIONS
    67  
  EX-10.22
  EX-10.24
  EX-12
  EX-21
  EX-23.1
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32.1
  EX-32.2

2


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements
     We caution that any forward-looking statements (as such term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995) contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or made by our management involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various important factors, many of which may be beyond our control. Accordingly, our future performance and financial results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in any such forward-looking statements. Accordingly, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results. You can identify these statements as those that may predict, forecast, indicate or imply future results, performance or advancements and by forward-looking words such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “will,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will result,” “could,” “may,” “might” or any variations of such words or other words with similar meanings. Forward-looking statements address, among other things, our expectations, our growth strategies, including our plans to open new stores, our efforts to increase profit margins and return on invested capital, plans to grow our private label business, projections of our future profitability, results of operations, capital expenditures or our financial condition or other “forward-looking” information and includes statements about revenues, earnings, spending, margins, liquidity, store openings and operations, inventory, private label products, our actions, plans or strategies.
     The following factors, among others, in some cases have affected and in the future could affect our financial performance and actual results and could cause actual results for 2006 and beyond to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements included in this report or otherwise made by our management: the intense competition in the sporting goods industry and actions by our competitors; our inability to manage our growth, open new stores on a timely basis and expand successfully in new and existing markets; the availability of retail store sites on terms acceptable to us; the cost of real estate and other items related to our stores; our ability to access adequate capital; changes in consumer demand; risks relating to product liability claims and the availability of sufficient insurance coverage relating to those claims; our relationships with our suppliers, distributors or manufacturers and their ability to provide us with sufficient quantities of products; any serious disruption at our distribution or return facilities; the seasonality of our business; the potential impact of natural disasters or national and international security concerns on us or the retail environment; risks related to the economic impact or the effect on the U.S. retail environment relating to instability and conflict in the Middle East or elsewhere; risks relating to the regulation of the products we sell, such as hunting rifles; risks associated with relying on foreign sources of production; risks relating to the operation and implementation of new management information systems; risks relating to operational and financial restrictions imposed by our Credit Agreement; factors associated with our pursuit of strategic acquisitions; risks and uncertainties associated with assimilating acquired companies; the loss of our key executives, especially Edward W. Stack, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; our ability to meet our labor needs; changes in general economic and business conditions and in the specialty retail or sporting goods industry in particular; our ability to repay or make the cash payments under our senior convertible notes, due 2024; changes in our business strategies and other factors discussed in other reports or filings filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     In addition, we operate in a highly competitive and rapidly changing environment; therefore, new risk factors can arise, and it is not possible for management to predict all such risk factors, nor to assess the impact of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to which any individual risk factor, or combination of factors, may cause results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. We do not assume any obligation and do not intend to update any forward-looking statements except as may be required by the securities laws.
     On July 29, 2004, Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. acquired all of the common stock of Galyan’s Trading Company, Inc. (“Galyan’s”) which became a wholly owned subsidiary of Dick’s. Due to this acquisition, additional risks and uncertainties arise that could affect our financial performance and actual results and could cause actual results for 2006 and beyond to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements included in this report or otherwise made by our management: risks associated with combining businesses and/or with assimilating acquired companies and the fact that lease liabilities associated with store closures due to the Galyan’s acquisition are difficult to predict with a level of certainty and may be greater than expected.

3


Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
General
     Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. (referred to as the “Company” or “Dick’s” or in the first person notations “we”, “us”, and “our” unless specified otherwise) is an authentic full-line sporting goods retailer offering a broad assortment of brand name sporting goods equipment, apparel, and footwear in a specialty store environment. On July 29, 2004, a wholly owned subsidiary of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. completed the acquisition of Galyan’s. The Consolidated Statements of Income include the operation of Galyan’s from the date of acquisition forward for the year ended January 29, 2005. Our core focus is to be an authentic sporting goods retailer by offering a broad selection of high-quality, competitively-priced brand name sporting goods equipment, apparel and footwear that enhances our customers’ performance and enjoyment of their sports activities.
     As of January 28, 2006 we operated 255 stores, with approximately 14.7 million square feet, in 34 states, the majority of which are located primarily throughout the Eastern half of the United States. Dick’s was founded in 1948 when Richard “Dick” Stack, the father of Edward W. Stack, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, opened his original bait and tackle store in Binghamton, New York. Edward W. Stack joined his father’s business full-time in 1977, and, upon his father’s retirement in 1984, became President and Chief Executive Officer of the then two-store chain.
     We were incorporated in 1948 in New York under the name Dick’s Clothing and Sporting Goods, Inc. In November 1997, we reincorporated as a Delaware corporation, and in April 1999 we changed our name to Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. Our executive office was relocated to 300 Industry Drive, RIDC Park West, Pittsburgh, PA 15275 during fiscal 2004, and our phone number is (724) 273-3400. Our website is located at www.dickssportinggoods.com. The information on our website does not constitute a part of this annual report. We include on our website, free of charge, copies of our prior annual and quarterly reports filed on Forms 10-K and 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     Dick’s, Dick’s Sporting Goods, DicksSportingGoods.com, Galyan’s Trading Company, Inc., Northeast Outfitters, PowerBolt, Fitness Gear, Ativa, Walter Hagen, DBX, Highland Games and Acuity are our primary trademarks. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this annual report belongs to its holder.
Acquisition of Galyan’s
     On July 29, 2004, Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. acquired all of the common stock of Galyan’s for $16.75 per share in cash, and Galyan’s became a wholly owned subsidiary of Dick’s. The Company recorded $156.6 million of goodwill as the excess of the purchase price of $369.6 million over the fair value of the net amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company obtained approximately $193 million of these funds from cash, cash equivalents and investments and the balance from borrowings under its revolving line of credit.
Business Strategy
     The key elements of our business strategy are:
      Authentic Sporting Goods Retailer . Our history and core foundation is as a retailer of authentic athletic equipment, apparel and footwear, which means we offer athletic merchandise that is high quality and intended to enhance our customers’ performance and enjoyment of athletic pursuits, rather than focusing our merchandise selection on the latest fashion trend or style. We believe our customers seek genuine, deep product offerings, and ultimately this merchandising approach positions us with advantages in a market, which we believe will continue to benefit from new product offerings with enhanced technological features.
      Competitive Pricing. We position ourselves to be competitive in price, but we do not attempt to be a price leader. We maintain a policy of matching our competitors’ advertised prices. If a customer finds a competitor with a lower price on an item, we will match the lower price. Additionally, under our “Right Price Promise,” if within 30 days of purchasing an item from us, a customer finds a lower advertised price by either a competitor, or us, we

4


Table of Contents

will refund the difference. We seek to offer value to our customers and develop and maintain a reputation as a provider of value at each price point.
      Broad Assortment of Brand Name Merchandise. We carry a wide variety of well-known brands, including Nike, North Face, Columbia, Adidas, Callaway and Under Armour, as well as private label products sold under names such as Ativa and Walter Hagen, which are available only in our stores. The breadth of our product selections in each category of sporting goods offers our customers a wide range of price points and enables us to address the needs of sporting goods consumers, from the beginner to the sport enthusiast.
      Expertise and Service. We enhance our customers’ shopping experience by providing knowledgeable and trained customer service professionals and value added services. For example, we were the first full-line sporting goods retailer to have active members of the Professional Golfers’ Association (“PGA”) working in our stores, and as of January 28, 2006 employed 221 PGA professionals in our golf departments. We also had 231 bike mechanics to sell and service bicycles and 157 certified fitness trainers who provide advice on the best fitness equipment for the individual. All of our stores also provide support services such as golf club grip replacement, bicycle repair and maintenance and home delivery and assembly of fitness equipment.
      Interactive “Store-Within-A-Store”. Our stores typically contain five stand-alone specialty stores. We seek to create a distinct look and feel for each specialty department to heighten the customer’s interest in the products offered. A typical store has the following in-store specialty shops: (i) the Pro Shop, a golf shop with a putting green and hitting area and video monitors featuring golf tournaments and instruction on the Golf Channel or other sources; (ii) the Footwear Center, featuring hardwood floors, a track for testing athletic shoes and a bank of video monitors playing sporting events; (iii) the Cycle Shop, designed to sell and service bikes, complete with a mechanics’ work area and equipment on the sales floor; (iv) the Sportsman’s Lodge for the hunting and fishing customer, designed to have the look of an authentic bait and tackle shop; and (v) Total Sports, a seasonal sports area displaying sports equipment and athletic apparel associated with specific seasonal sports, such as football and baseball. Our stores provide interactive opportunities by allowing customers to test golf clubs in an indoor driving range, shoot bows in our archery range, or run on our footwear track.
      Exclusive Brand Offerings. We offer our customers high-quality products at competitive prices marketed under exclusive brands. We have invested in a development and procurement staff that continually sources performance-based products generally targeted to the sporting enthusiast for sale under brands such as Ativa, Acuity, Walter Hagen, Northeast Outfitters, PowerBolt, Fitness Gear, Highland Games and DBX. Many of our products incorporate technical features such as GORE-TEX, a waterproof breathable fabric, and CoolMax, a fabric that wicks moisture away from the skin to the fabric where the moisture evaporates faster, that are typically available only through well-known brand names. Our private label products offer value to our customers at each price point and provide us with higher gross margins than comparable products we sell. Private label products have grown to 11.9% in fiscal 2005 from 8.6% in fiscal 2004 of net sales on a combined company basis. We expect to continue to grow our exclusive private label offerings.
Merchandising
     We offer a full range of sporting goods and active apparel at each price point in order to appeal to the beginner, intermediate and enthusiast sports consumer. The merchandise we carry includes one or more of the leading manufacturers in each category. Our objective is not only to carry leading brands, but a full range of products within each brand, including the premium items for the sports enthusiast. As beginners and intermediates move to higher levels in their sports, we expect to be prepared to meet their needs.
     We believe that the range of the merchandise we offer, particularly for the enthusiast sports consumer, distinguishes us from other large format sporting goods stores. We also believe that the range of merchandise we offer allows us to compete effectively against all of our competitors, from traditional independent sporting goods stores and specialty shops to other large format sporting goods stores and mass merchant discount retailers.
     The following table sets forth the approximate percentage of sales attributable to apparel, footwear and hardlines for the periods presented:

5


Table of Contents

                         
    Fiscal Year
Merchandise Category   2005   2004   2003
Apparel
    26 %     25 %     23 %
Footwear
    17 %     17 %     18 %
Hardlines (1)
    57 %     58 %     59 %
 
                       
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
 
                       
 
(1)   Includes items such as hunting and fishing gear, sporting goods equipment and golf equipment.
      Apparel: This category consists of athletic apparel, outerwear and sportswear designed for a broad range of activities and performance levels as well as apparel designed and fabricated for specific sports, in men’s, women’s and children’s assortments. Technical and performance specific apparel includes offerings for sports such as golf, tennis, running, fitness, soccer, baseball, football, hockey, swimming, and licensed products. Basic sportswear includes T-shirts, shorts, sweats and warm-ups.
      Footwear : The Footwear Center, featuring hardwood floors and a track for testing athletic shoes, offers a diverse selection of athletic shoes for running and walking, tennis, fitness and cross training, basketball, and hiking. In addition, we also carry specialty footwear including a complete line of cleated shoes for baseball, football, soccer and golf. Other important categories within the footwear department are boots, socks and accessories.
      Hardlines:
      Exercise and Team Sports. Our product lines include a diverse selection of fitness equipment including treadmills, elliptical trainers, stationary bicycles, home gyms, free weights, and weight benches. A full range of equipment and accessories are available for team sports such as football, baseball, basketball, hockey, soccer, bowling and lacrosse. Family recreation offerings include lawn games and table games such as ping-pong, foosball, and air hockey.
      Outdoor Recreation. The Sportsman’s Lodge, designed to have the look of an authentic bait and tackle shop, caters to the outdoorsman and includes a diverse offering of equipment for hunting, fishing, camping, and water sports. Hunting products include rifles, shotguns, ammunition, global positioning systems, hunting apparel, boots and optics including binoculars and scopes, knives and cutlery, archery equipment and accessories. Fishing gear such as rods, reels, tackle and accessories are offered along with camping equipment, including tents and sleeping bags. Equipment offerings for marine and water sports include navigational electronics, water skis, rafts, kayaks, canoes and accessories.
      Golf . The Pro Shop, a golf shop with a putting green and indoor driving range, includes a complete assortment of golf clubs and club sets, bags, balls, shoes, teaching aids and accessories. We carry a full range of products featuring major golf suppliers such as Taylor Made, Callaway, Titleist, Cleveland and Nike Golf as well as our exclusive brands, Walter Hagen and Acuity.
      Cycling . Our Cycle Shop, which is designed to sell and service bicycles, complete with a mechanics’ work area, features a broad selection of BMX, all-terrain, freestyle, touring bicycles, scooters and skateboards. In addition, we also offer a full range of cycling accessories including helmets, bicycle carrier racks, gloves, water bottles and repair and maintenance parts.
Our Stores
     Each of our stores typically contains five specialty stores. We believe our “store-within-a-store” concept creates a unique shopping environment by combining the convenience, broad assortment and competitive prices of large format stores with the brand names, deep product selection and customer service of a specialty store.
      Store Design. We design our stores to create an exciting shopping environment with distinct departments that can stand on their own as authentic sporting goods specialty shops. Our primary prototype store is approximately 50,000 square feet. Signs and banners are located throughout the store allowing customers to quickly locate the various departments. A wide aisle through the middle of the store displays seasonal or special-buy merchandise. Video monitors throughout the store provide a sense of entertainment with videos of championship games, instructional sessions or live sports events. We also have another prototype two-level store of approximately 75,000 square feet as a growth vehicle for those trade areas that have sufficient in-profile customers to support it.

6


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes store openings and closings for 2005 and 2004:
                                 
            Fiscal 2004
    Fiscal 2005   Dick’s   Galyan’s   Total
Beginning stores
    234       163       43       206  
New:
                               
50,000 square foot prototype
    20       20             20  
Two-level stores
    6       8             8  
Galyan’s Stores
                6 *     6 *
 
                               
Total new stores
    26       28       6 *     34  
Closed
    (5 )     (3 )     (3 )     (6 )
 
                               
Ending stores
    255       188       46       234  
 
                               
 
                               
Relocated stores
    4       3             3  
 
                               
 
*   Year Ended January 29, 2005 includes 5 stores opened by Galyan’s prior to Dick’s acquisition.
     In fiscal 2005, the five store closures were due to overlapping trade areas as a result of the Galyan’s acquisition. In fiscal 2004, as a result of the acquisition, we closed three Galyan’s stores and one Dick’s store in overlapping trade areas. The remaining store closures in fiscal 2004 were not related to the Galyan’s acquisition. One closed as its replacement was opened in 2003, and the second was closed due to performance. Of the 48 stores acquired in the Galyan’s acquisition, 41 of the stores total square footage exceeded 75,000. In most of our stores, approximately 82% of store space is used for selling and approximately 18% is used for backroom storage of merchandise, receiving area and office space.
     We seek to encourage cross selling and impulse buying through the layout of our departments. We provide a bright, open shopping environment through the use of glass, lights and lower shelving which enables customers to see the array of merchandise offered throughout our stores. We avoid the warehouse store look featured by some of our large format competitors.
     Our stores are typically open seven days a week, generally from 9:00 a.m. to 9:30 p.m. Monday through Saturday, and 10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. on Sunday.
      New Store Openings. Future openings will depend upon several factors, including but not limited to general economic conditions, consumer confidence in the economy, unemployment trends, interest rates and inflation, the availability of retail store sites, real estate prices and the availability of adequate capital. Because our new store openings rely on many factors, they are subject to risks and uncertainties described below under Part I, Item 1A, “Risks and Uncertainties.”
      Store Associates. We strive to complement our merchandise selection and innovative store design with superior customer service. We actively recruit sports enthusiasts to serve as sales associates because we believe that they are more knowledgeable about the products they sell. For example, we currently employ PGA golf professionals to work in our golf departments, bike mechanics to sell and service bicycles and certified fitness trainers to provide advice on the best fitness equipment for the individual. We believe that our associates’ enthusiasm and ability to demonstrate and explain the advantages of the products lead to increased sales. We believe our prompt, knowledgeable and enthusiastic service fosters the confidence and loyalty of our customers and differentiates us from other large format sporting goods stores.
     We emphasize product knowledge at both the hiring and training stages. We hire most of our sales associates for a specific department or category. As part of our interview process, we test each prospective sales associate for knowledge specific to the department or category in which he or she is to work. We train new sales associates through a self-study and testing program that we have developed for each of our categories. We also use mystery shoppers to shop at each store at least monthly and encourage customer comments by making comment cards available for customers to complete and return. These programs allow us to identify stores in which improvements need to be made at the sales associate or managerial levels.
     We typically staff our stores with a store manager, two sales managers, a sales support manager, six sales

7


Table of Contents

leaders, and approximately 50 full-time and part-time sales associates for a single-level store and proportionately more supervisory roles and associates for a two-level store depending on store volume and time of year. The operations of each store are supervised by one of 30 district managers, each of who reports to one of eight regional directors of stores who are located in the field. The regional directors of stores report to one of two regional vice presidents, and all of these individuals report to the senior vice president of operations.
           Support Services. We believe that we further differentiate our stores from other large format sporting goods stores by offering support services for the products we sell. We replace golf club grips in all of our stores. Our PGA professionals offer golf lessons, generally at local ranges. Although we do not receive a share of income from these lessons, allowing our PGA professionals to offer lessons not only helps us in recruiting them to work for us but also provides a benefit to our customers.
          Our prototype stores feature bicycle maintenance and repair stations on the sales floor, allowing our bicycle mechanics to service bicycles in addition to assisting customers. We believe that these maintenance and repair stations are one of our most effective selling tools by enhancing the credibility of our specialty store concept and giving assurance to our customers that we can repair and tune the bicycles they purchase.
          We also string tennis rackets, sharpen ice skates, provide home delivery and assembly of fitness equipment, provide scope mounting and bore sighting services, cut arrows, sell hunting and fishing licenses and fill CO 2 tanks for paintball.
           Site Selection and Store Locations . We select geographic markets and store sites on the basis of demographic information, quality and nature of neighboring tenants, store visibility and accessibility. Key demographics include population density, household income, age and average number of occupants per household. We seek to locate our stores in primary retail centers with an emphasis on co-tenants including major discount retailers such as Wal-Mart or Target, or specialty retailers from other categories such as Barnes & Noble, Best Buy or Staples.
     We seek to balance our store expansion between new and existing markets. In our existing markets, we add stores as necessary to cover appropriate market areas. By clustering stores, we seek to take advantage of economies of scale in advertising, promotion, distribution and supervisory costs. We seek to locate stores within separate trade areas within each metropolitan area, in order to establish long-term market penetration. We generally seek to expand in geographically contiguous areas to build on our experience in the same or nearby regions. We believe that local knowledge is an important part of success. In considering new markets, we locate our stores in areas we believe are underserved. In addition to larger metropolitan markets, we also target smaller population centers in which we locate single stores, generally in regional shopping centers with a wide regional draw.
Marketing and Advertising
     Our marketing program is designed to promote our selection of brand name products at competitive prices. The program is centered on newspaper advertising supplemented by direct mail and seasonal use of local and national television and radio. The advertising strategy is focused on weekly newspaper advertising utilizing multi-page, color inserts and standard run of press advertising, with emphasis on key shopping periods, such as the Christmas season, Father’s Day, and back-to-school, and on specific sales and promotional events, including our annual Golf-a-thon sale.
     We cluster stores in major markets to enable us to employ our advertising strategy on a cost-effective basis through the use of newspaper and local and national television and radio advertising. We advertise in major metropolitan newspapers as well as in regional newspapers circulated in areas surrounding our store locations. Our newspaper advertising typically consists of weekly promotional advertisements with full-color inserts. Our television advertising is generally concentrated during a promotional event or key shopping period. Radio advertising is used primarily to publicize specific promotions in conjunction with newspaper advertising or to announce a public relations promotion or grand opening. Vendor payments under cooperative advertising arrangements with us, as well as vendor participation in sponsoring sporting events and programs, have contributed to our advertising leverage.
     Our advertising is designed to create an “event” in the stores and to drive customer traffic with advertisements promoting a wide variety of merchandise values appropriate for the current holiday or event.
     We also sponsor tournaments and amateur competitive events in an effort to align ourselves with both the

8


Table of Contents

serious sports enthusiast and the community in general.
     Our “Scorecard” loyalty program provides reward certificates to customers based on purchases. After a customer registers, reward points build as a percentage of purchases. These rewards are systematically tracked, and once a customer reaches a minimum threshold purchase level of $300 within a program year, a merchandise credit is mailed to the customer’s home. This database is then used in conjunction with our direct marketing program. The direct marketing program consists of several direct mail pieces sent during holidays throughout the year. Additionally, several customer focused mailings are sent to members based on their past purchasing history.
Information Systems
     We implemented the JDA Merchandising System in the third quarter of 2004 that replaced our previous STS Merchandising system and a new data warehouse that interfaces with all Merchandising Systems. We also use an E-3 Replenishment and MMS Planning and Allocation retail software operating on a mid-range system, except for E-3 which runs on an AS400. We utilize ICL-Fujitsu, HP and Compaq point-of-sale hardware that incorporates scanning and price look-up features that are supported by the RSA point-of-sale software. Our fully integrated management information systems track purchasing, sales and inventory transfers down to the stock keeping unit or “SKU” level and have allowed us to improve overall inventory management by identifying individual SKU activity and projecting trends and replenishment needs on a timely basis. We believe that these systems enable us to increase margins by reducing inventory investment, strengthening in-stock positions, and creating store level perpetual inventories and automatic inventory replenishment on basic items of merchandise.
     We have a merchandise planning and allocation system that optimizes the distribution of most products to the stores through a combination of historical sales data and forecasted data at an individual store and item level. This minimizes markdowns taken on merchandise and improves sales on these products. Our store operations personnel in every location have online access to product signage, advertising information and e-mail through our wide area network.
Purchasing and Distribution
     In addition to merchandise procurement, our buying staff is also responsible for determining initial pricing and product marketing plans and working with our allocation and replenishment groups to establish stock levels and product mix. Our buying staff also regularly communicates with our store operations personnel to monitor shifts in consumer tastes and market trends.
     Our planning, replenishment, allocation, and merchandise control groups are responsible for merchandise allocation, inventory control, and the E-3 automatic replenishment systems. These groups act as the central processing intermediary between our buying staff and our stores. These groups also coordinate the inventory levels necessary for each advertising promotion with our buying staff and our advertising department, tracking the effectiveness of each advertisement to allow our buying staff and our advertising department to determine the relative success of each promotional program. In addition, these groups’ other duties include implementation of price changes, creation of vendor purchase orders and determination of the adequate amount of inventory for each store.
     We purchase merchandise from nearly 1,200 vendors, and we have no long-term purchase commitments. During fiscal 2005, Nike, our largest vendor, represented approximately 12% of our merchandise purchases. No other vendor represented 10% or more of our fiscal 2005 merchandise purchases. We do not have long-term contracts with any of our vendors and all of our purchases from vendors are done on a short-term purchase order basis.
     We expanded our distribution center in Smithton, Pennsylvania from 388,000 to 601,000 square feet in the fourth quarter of 2004 and are also expanding our distribution center in Plainfield, Indiana from 364,000 to 725,000 square feet. The expansion in Plainfield is scheduled for completion in February 2007. Vendors directly ship merchandise to these distribution centers, where it is processed as necessary, applying price tickets and hangers, before being shipped to the stores. We believe that our distribution system has the following advantages as compared to a direct delivery or drop shipping system utilized by some other retailers: reduced individual store inventory investment, more timely replenishment of store inventory needs, better use of store floor space, reduced transportation costs and easier vendor returns.
     We also have a 75,000 square foot return center in Conklin, New York. All damaged or defective

9


Table of Contents

merchandise being returned to vendors is consolidated for cost efficient return at this return center. Inventory arriving at our distribution center is allocated directly to our stores, to the distribution center for temporary storage, or to both locations.
     We have contracted with a dedicated fleet for the delivery of merchandise from our Smithton distribution center to our stores within a 300-mile radius of Smithton. We contract with common carriers to deliver merchandise from our Plainfield distribution center to our stores as well as any store outside of a 300-mile radius from Smithton.
Competition
     The market for sporting goods retailers is highly fragmented and intensely competitive. The retail sporting goods industry comprises five principal categories of retailers:
    Sporting goods stores (large format stores);
 
    Traditional sporting goods retailers;
 
    Specialty retailers;
 
    Mass merchants; and
 
    Catalogue and Internet retailers.
      Large Format Sporting Goods Stores. The large format stores generally range from 20,000 to 100,000 square feet and offer a broad selection of sporting goods merchandise. We believe that our strong performance with the large format store in recent years is due in part to our unique approach in blending the best attributes of a large format store with the best attributes of a specialty shop.
      Traditional Sporting Goods Stores. These stores generally range in size from 5,000 square feet to 20,000 square feet and are frequently located in regional malls and multi-store shopping centers. They typically carry a varied assortment of merchandise. Compared to our stores, they offer a more limited product assortment. We believe these stores do not cater to the sports enthusiast.
      Specialty Stores. These stores generally range in size from approximately 2,000 to 20,000 square feet. These retailers typically focus on a specific category, such as athletic footwear, or an activity, such as golf or skiing. While they may offer a deep selection of products within their specialty, they lack the wide range of products that we offer. We believe prices at these stores typically tend to be higher than prices at the large format sporting goods stores and traditional sporting goods stores.
      Mass Merchants. These stores generally range in size from approximately 50,000 to over 200,000 square feet and are primarily located in shopping centers, freestanding sites or regional malls. Sporting goods merchandise and apparel represent a small portion of the total merchandise in these stores and the selection is often more limited than in other sporting goods retailers. We believe that this limited selection particularly with well-known brand names, combined with the reduced service levels typical of a mass merchandiser, limit their ability to meet the needs of sporting goods customers. However, Wal-Mart is by far the largest retailer of sporting goods as measured by sales.
      Catalogue and Internet-Based Retailers. We believe that the relationships that we have developed with our suppliers and customers through our retail stores provide us with a significant advantage over catalog-based and Internet-only retailers. These retailers sell a full line of sporting goods through the use of catalogues and/or the Internet.
Employees
     As of January 28, 2006, we had a total of approximately 7,700 full- time and approximately 10,400 part-time associates (less than 30 hours per week). Due to the seasonal nature of our business, total employment will fluctuate during the year, which typically peaks in the fourth quarter. None of our associates are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our associates are good.
Proprietary Rights
     Each of “Dick’s,” “Dick’s Sporting Goods,” “DicksSportingGoods.com,” “Walter Hagen,” “Northeast Outfitters,” “PowerBolt,” “Fitness Gear,” “Ativa,” “Acuity,” “Highland Games” and “DBX” has been registered as a service mark or trademark with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. In addition, we have numerous pending applications for trademarks. We have entered into licensing agreements for names that we do not own, which provide for exclusive rights to use names such as “Slazenger”, “Field & Stream” and “Quest” for specified product categories. The earliest that any of our licenses for these private label products expires, including extensions, is 2007. These licenses contain customary termination provisions at the option of the licensor including, in some cases, termination upon our failure to sell a minimum volume of private label products covered by the

10


Table of Contents

license. Our licenses are also subject to risks and uncertainties common to licensing arrangements that are described below under the heading “Risks and Uncertainties.”
Governmental Regulation
          We must comply with federal, state and local regulations, including the federal Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act, which require us, as a federal firearms licensee, to perform a pre-sale background check of purchasers of long guns. We perform this background check using either the FBI-managed National Instant Criminal Background Check System (“NICS”), or a state government-managed system that relies on NICS and any additional information collected by the state. These background check systems either confirm that a sale can be made, deny the sale, or require that the sale be delayed for further review, and provide us with a transaction number for the proposed sale. We are required to record the transaction number on Form 4473 of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms and retain a copy for our records for 5 years for auditing purposes for each denied sale. After all of these procedures are complete, we complete the sale.
          In addition, many of our imported products are subject to existing or potential duties, tariffs or quotas that may limit the quantity of products that we may import into the U.S. and other countries or impact the cost of such products. To date, quotas in the operation of our business have not restricted us, and customs duties have not comprised a material portion of the total cost of our products.
Executive Officers of the Company
          The executive officers of the Company, and their prior business experience, are as follows:
           Edward W. Stack, 51, has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since 1984 when the founder and Edward Stack’s father, Richard “Dick” Stack, retired from our then two store chain. Mr. Edward Stack has served us full time since 1977 in a variety of positions, including President, Store Manager and Merchandise Manager.
           William J. Colombo, 50, became our President and a board member in 2002 in addition to being Chief Operating Officer. From late in 1998 to 2000, Mr. Colombo served as President of dsports.com LLC, our Internet commerce subsidiary. Mr. Colombo served as Chief Operating Officer and an Executive Vice President from 1995 to 1998. Mr. Colombo joined us in 1988. From 1977 to 1988, he held various field and district positions with J.C. Penney Company, Inc. (a retailing company listed on the NYSE). He is also on the board of directors of Gibraltar Industries (a leading processor, manufacturer and provider of high value-added, high margin steel products and services listed on Nasdaq).
           William R. Newlin, 65 , joined us in October 2003 as our Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer. Prior to that, he served as Chairman and CEO of Buchanan Ingersoll PC (law firm) for more than five years. Mr. Newlin also is the lead director (formerly the Chairman) of Kennametal Inc. (global manufacturer of cutting tools and systems listed on the NYSE). He also is on the board of directors of Arvin Meritor, Inc. (vehicle modules and components listed on the NYSE) and Calgon Carbon Corporation (solutions for making air and water safer listed on the NYSE).
           Michael F. Hines, 49, has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2001 and joined us in 1995 as the Chief Financial Officer. From 1990 to 1995, Mr. Hines was employed by Staples, Inc. (an office supply retailer listed on the NYSE), most recently as Vice President of Finance. Prior to that, Mr. Hines spent 12 years in public accounting, the last eight years with Deloitte & Touche LLP. He is also on the board of directors of Yankee Candle Company, Inc. (a manufacturer and retailer of premium scented candles listed on the NYSE).
           Gwendolyn K. Manto, 51, joined us in January 2006 as our Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer. Ms. Manto was employed by Sears Holding Co. (the nation’s third largest broadline retailer listed on the NYSE), as Executive Vice President and General Merchandise Manager, Apparel since February 2004. Prior to joining Sears, she was Vice Chairman/Chief Merchandising Officer of Stein Mart (an off-price specialty retailer listed on Nasdaq).
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Risks and Uncertainties
      Intense competition in the sporting goods industry could limit our growth and reduce our profitability.

11


Table of Contents

     The market for sporting goods retailers is highly fragmented and intensely competitive. Our current and prospective competitors include many large companies that have substantially greater market presence, name recognition, and financial, marketing and other resources than us. We compete directly or indirectly with the following categories of companies:
    large format sporting goods stores;
 
    traditional sporting goods stores and chains;
 
    specialty sporting goods shops and pro shops;
 
    mass merchandisers, warehouse clubs, discount stores and department stores; and
 
    catalog and Internet-based retailers.
     Pressure from our competitors could require us to reduce our prices or increase our spending for advertising and promotion. Increased competition in markets in which we have stores or the adoption by competitors of innovative store formats, aggressive pricing strategies and retail sale methods, such as the Internet, could cause us to lose market share and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Lack of available retail store sites on terms acceptable to us, rising real estate prices and other costs and risks relating to new store openings could severely limit our growth opportunities.
     Our strategy includes opening stores in new and existing markets. We must successfully choose store sites, execute favorable real estate transactions on terms that are acceptable to us, hire competent personnel and effectively open and operate these new stores. Our plans to increase the number of our retail stores will depend in part on the availability of existing retail stores or store sites. We cannot assure you that stores or sites will be available to us, or that they will be available on terms acceptable to us. If additional retail store sites are unavailable on acceptable terms, we may not be able to carry out a significant part of our growth strategy. Rising real estate costs and acquisition, construction and development costs could also inhibit our ability to grow. If we fail to locate desirable sites, obtain lease rights to these sites on terms acceptable to us, hire adequate personnel and open and effectively operate these new stores, our financial performance could be adversely affected.
     In addition, our expansion in new and existing markets may present competitive, distribution and merchandising challenges that differ from our current challenges, including competition among our stores, diminished novelty of our store design and concept, added strain on our distribution center, additional information to be processed by our management information systems and diversion of management attention from operations, such as the control of inventory levels in our existing stores, to the opening of new stores and markets. New stores in new markets, where we are less familiar with the target customer and less well-known, may face different or additional risks and increased costs compared to stores operated in existing markets, or new stores in existing markets. Expansion into new markets could also bring us into direct competition with retailers with whom we have no past experience as direct competitors. To the extent that we become increasingly reliant on entry into new markets in order to grow, we may face additional risks and our net income could suffer. To the extent that we are not able to meet these new challenges, our sales could decrease and our operating costs could increase.
     There also can be no assurance that our new stores will generate sales levels necessary to achieve store-level profitability or profitability comparable to that of existing stores. New stores also may face greater competition and have lower anticipated sales volumes relative to previously opened stores during their comparable years of operation. We may not be able to advertise cost-effectively in new or smaller markets in which we have less store density, which could slow sales growth at such stores. We also cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain and distribute adequate product supplies to our stores or maintain adequate warehousing and distribution capability at acceptable costs.
If we are unable to predict or react to changes in consumer demand, we may lose customers and our sales may decline.
     Our success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing consumer demand and preferences regarding sporting goods. Our products must appeal to a broad range of consumers whose preferences cannot be predicted with certainty and are subject to change. We often make commitments to purchase products from our vendors several months in advance of the proposed delivery. If we misjudge the market for our merchandise our sales may decline significantly. We may overstock unpopular products and be forced to take

12


Table of Contents

significant inventory markdowns or miss opportunities for other products, both of which could have a negative impact on our profitability. Conversely, shortages of items that prove popular could reduce our net sales. In addition, a major shift in consumer demand away from sporting goods or sport apparel could also have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may be subject to product liability claims and our insurance may not be sufficient to cover damages related to those claims.
     We may be subject to lawsuits resulting from injuries associated with the use of sporting goods equipment that we sell. In addition, although we do not sell hand guns, assault weapons or automatic firearms, we do sell hunting rifles which are products that are associated with an increased risk of injury and related lawsuits. We may also be subject to lawsuits relating to the design, manufacture or distribution of our private label products. We may incur losses relating to these claims or the defense of these claims. We may also incur losses due to lawsuits relating to our performance of background checks on hunting rifle purchasers as mandated by state and federal law or the improper use of hunting rifles sold by us, including lawsuits by municipalities or other organizations attempting to recover costs from hunting rifle manufacturers and retailers relating to the misuse of hunting rifles. In addition, in the future there may be increased federal, state or local regulation, including taxation, of the sale of hunting rifles in our current markets as well as future markets in which we may operate. Commencement of these lawsuits against us or the establishment of new regulations could reduce our sales and decrease our profitability. There is a risk that claims or liabilities will exceed our insurance coverage. In addition, we may be unable to retain adequate liability insurance in the future. Although we have entered into product liability indemnity agreements with many of our vendors, we cannot assure you that we will be able to collect payments sufficient to offset product liability losses or in the case of our private label products, collect anything at all. In addition, we are subject to regulation by the Consumer Product Safety Commission and similar state regulatory agencies. If we fail to comply with government and industry safety standards, we may be subject to claims, lawsuits, fines and adverse publicity that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If our suppliers, distributors or manufacturers do not provide us with sufficient quantities of products, our sales and profitability will suffer.
     We purchase merchandise from nearly 1,200 vendors. In fiscal 2005, purchases from Nike represented approximately 12% of our merchandise purchases. Although in fiscal 2005, purchases from no other vendor represented more than 10% of our total purchases, our dependence on our principal suppliers involves risk. If there is a disruption in supply from a principal supplier or distributor, we may be unable to obtain the merchandise that we desire to sell and that consumers desire to purchase. Moreover, many of our suppliers provide us with incentives, such as return privileges, volume purchasing allowances and cooperative advertising. A decline or discontinuation of these incentives could reduce our profits.
     We believe that a significant portion of the products that we purchase, including those purchased from domestic suppliers, is manufactured abroad in countries such as China, Taiwan and South Korea. In addition, we believe most, if not all, of our private label merchandise is manufactured abroad. Foreign imports subject us to the risks of changes in import duties, quotas, loss of “most favored nation” or MFN status with the United States for a particular foreign country, work stoppages, delays in shipment, freight cost increases and economic uncertainties (including the United States imposing antidumping or countervailing duty orders, safeguards, remedies or compensation and retaliation due to illegal foreign trade practices). If any of these or other factors were to cause a disruption of trade from the countries in which the suppliers of our vendors are located, our inventory levels may be reduced or the cost of our products may increase. In addition, to the extent that any foreign manufacturers from whom we purchase products directly or indirectly utilize labor and other practices that vary from those commonly accepted in the United States, we could be hurt by any resulting negative publicity or, in some cases, face potential liability. To date, we have not experienced any difficulties of this nature.
     Historically, instability in the political and economic environments of the countries in which our vendors or we obtain our products has not had a material adverse effect on our operations. However, we cannot predict the effect that future changes in economic or political conditions in such foreign countries may have on our operations. In the event of disruptions or delays in supply due to economic or political conditions in foreign countries, such disruptions or delays could adversely affect our results of operations unless and until alternative supply arrangements could be made. In addition, merchandise purchased from alternative sources may be of lesser quality or more expensive than the merchandise we currently purchase abroad.

13


Table of Contents

     Countries from which our vendors obtain these new products may, from time to time, impose new or adjust prevailing quotas or other restrictions on exported products, and the United States may impose new duties, quotas and other restrictions on imported products. The United States Congress periodically considers other restrictions on the importation of products obtained by our vendors and us. The cost of such products may increase for us if applicable duties are raised, or import quotas with respect to such products are imposed or made more restrictive.
Problems with our information system software could disrupt our operations and negatively impact our financial results and materially adversely affect our business operations.
     We utilize a suite of applications for our merchandise system that includes JDA Merchandising and Arthur Allocation. This system, if not functioning properly, could disrupt our ability to track, record and analyze the merchandise that we sell and cause disruptions of operations, including, among others, an inability to process shipments of goods, process financial information or credit card transactions, deliver products or engage in similar normal business activities, particularly if there are any unforeseen interruptions after implementation. Any material disruption, malfunction or other similar problems in or with this system could negatively impact our financial results and materially adversely affect our business operations.
We rely on two distribution centers along with a smaller return facility, and if there is a natural disaster or other serious disruption at one of these facilities, we may lose merchandise and be unable to effectively deliver it to our stores.
     We expanded our distribution center in Smithton, Pennsylvania from 388,000 to 601,000 square feet in the fourth quarter of 2004, and are also expanding our distribution center in Plainfield, Indiana from 364,000 to 725,000 square feet. The expansion in Plainfield is scheduled for completion in February 2007. We also operate a 75,000 square foot return center in Conklin, New York. Any natural disaster or other serious disruption to one of these facilities due to fire, tornado or any other cause would damage a significant portion of our inventory, could impair our ability to adequately stock our stores and process returns of products to vendors and could negatively affect our sales and profitability. Our growth could cause us to seek alternative facilities. Such expansion of the current facility or alternatives could affect us in ways we cannot predict.
Our business is seasonal and our annual results are highly dependent on the success of our fourth quarter sales.
     Our business is highly seasonal in nature. Our highest sales and operating income historically occur during the fourth fiscal quarter, which is due, in part, to the holiday selling season and, in part, to our strong sales of cold weather sporting goods and apparel. The fourth quarter generated approximately 32% of our net sales and approximately 56% of our net income for fiscal 2005, excluding after-tax merger integration and store closing costs of $22.7 million. The Company believes excluding merger integration and store closing costs provides a more accurate understanding of the core performance of the Company. Any decrease in our fourth quarter sales, whether because of a slow holiday selling season, unseasonable weather conditions, or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results for the entire fiscal year.
Our business is dependent on the general economic conditions in our markets.
     In general, our sales depend on discretionary spending by our customers. A deterioration of current economic conditions or an economic downturn in any of our major markets or in general could result in declines in sales and impair our growth. General economic conditions and other factors that affect discretionary spending in the regions in which we operate are beyond our control and are affected by:
    interest rates and inflation;
 
    the impact of an economic recession;
 
    the impact of natural disasters;
 
    consumer credit availability;
 
    consumer debt levels;
 
    consumer confidence in the economy;
 
    tax rates and tax policy;
 
    unemployment trends; and

14


Table of Contents

    other matters that influence consumer confidence and spending.
     Increasing volatility in financial markets may cause some of the above factors to change with an even greater degree of frequency and magnitude.
Because our stores are concentrated in the eastern half of the United States, we are subject to regional risks.
     Many of our stores are located primarily in the eastern half of the United States. Because of this, we are subject to regional risks, such as the regional economy, weather conditions, increasing costs of electricity, oil and natural gas, natural disasters, as well as government regulations specific to the states in which we operate. If the region were to suffer an economic downturn or other adverse regional event, our net sales and profitability could suffer.
     Our results of operations may be harmed by unseasonably warm winter weather conditions. Many of our stores are located in geographic areas that experience seasonably cold weather. We sell a significant amount of winter merchandise. Abnormally warm weather conditions could reduce our sales of these items and hurt our profitability. Additionally, abnormally wet or cold weather in the spring or summer months could reduce our sales of golf or other merchandise and hurt our profitability.
The terms of our senior secured revolving credit facility impose operating and financial restrictions on us, which may impair our ability to respond to changing business and economic conditions. This impairment could have a significant adverse impact on our business.
     Our current senior secured revolving credit facility contains provisions which restrict our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, issue additional shares of capital stock in certain circumstances, make particular types of investments, incur liens, pay dividends, redeem capital stock, consummate mergers and consolidations, enter into transactions with affiliates or make substantial asset sales. In addition, our obligations under the senior secured revolving credit facility are secured by interests in substantially all of our personal property excluding store and distribution center equipment and fixtures. In the event of our insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or reorganization, the lenders under our senior secured revolving credit facility would be entitled to payment in full from our assets before distributions, if any, were made to our stockholders.
     If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the future, we may have to refinance all or a portion of our debt and/or obtain additional financing. We cannot assure you that refinancing or additional financing on favorable terms could be obtained or that we will be able to operate at a profit.
We may pursue strategic acquisitions, which could have an adverse impact on our business.
     We may from time to time acquire complementary companies or businesses. Acquisitions may result in difficulties in assimilating acquired companies, and may result in the diversion of our capital and our management’s attention from other business issues and opportunities. We may not be able to successfully integrate operations that we acquire, including their personnel, financial systems, distribution, operations and general store operating procedures. If we fail to successfully integrate acquisitions, our business could suffer. In addition, the integration of any acquired business, and their financial results, into ours may adversely affect our operating results. We currently do not have any agreements with respect to any such acquisitions.
Our ability to expand our business will be dependent upon the availability of adequate capital.
     The rate of our expansion will also depend on the availability of adequate capital, which in turn will depend in large part on cash flow generated by our business and the availability of equity and debt capital. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain equity or debt capital on acceptable terms or at all. Our current senior secured revolving credit facility contains provisions, which restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, to raise capital through the issuance of equity or make substantial asset sales, which might otherwise be used to finance our expansion. Our obligations under the senior secured revolving credit facility are secured by interests in substantially all of our personal property excluding store and distribution center equipment and fixtures, which may further limit our access to certain capital markets or lending sources. Moreover, the actual availability under our credit facility is limited to the lesser of 70% of our eligible inventory or 85% of our inventory’s liquidation value, in each case net of specified reserves and less any letters of credit outstanding, and opportunities for increased cash flows from reduced inventories would be partially offset by reduced availability through our senior secured revolving credit facility. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to finance our current plans for the opening of new retail stores.

15


Table of Contents

The loss of our key executives, especially Edward W. Stack, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, could have a material adverse effect on our business due to the loss of their experience and industry relationships.
     Our success depends on the continued services of our senior management, particularly Edward W. Stack, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. If we were to lose any key senior executive, our business could be materially adversely affected.
Our business depends on our ability to meet our labor needs.
     Our success depends on hiring and retaining quality managers and sales associates in our stores. We plan to expand our employee base to manage our anticipated growth. Competition for personnel, particularly for employees with retail expertise, is intense. Additionally, our ability to maintain consistency in the quality of customer service in our stores is critical to our success. Also, many of our store-level employees are in entry-level or part-time positions that historically have high rates of turnover. We are also dependent on the employees who staff our distribution and return centers, many of whom are skilled. We may be unable to meet our labor needs and control our costs due to external factors such as unemployment levels, minimum wage legislation and wage inflation. Although none of our employees are currently covered under collective bargaining agreements, we cannot guarantee that our employees will not elect to be represented by labor unions in the future. If we are unable to hire and retain sales associates capable of providing a high level of customer service, our business could be materially adversely affected.
Terrorist attacks or acts of war may seriously harm our business.
     Among the chief uncertainties facing our nation and world and as a result our business is the instability and conflict in the Middle East. Obviously, no one can predict with certainty what the overall economic impact will be as a result of this. Clearly, events or series of events in the Middle East or elsewhere could have a very serious adverse impact on our business.
     Terrorist attacks may cause damage or disruption to our company, our employees, our facilities and our customers, which could significantly impact our net sales, costs and expenses, and financial condition. The potential for future terrorist attacks, the national and international responses to terrorist attacks, and other acts of war or hostility may cause greater uncertainty and cause our business to suffer in ways that we currently cannot predict. Our geographic focus in the eastern United States may make us more vulnerable to such uncertainties than other comparable retailers who may not have a similar geographic focus.
We are controlled by our Chief Executive Officer and his relatives, whose interests may differ from other stockholders.
     We have two classes of common stock. The common stock has one vote per share and the Class B common stock has 10 votes per share. As of January 28, 2006, Mr. Edward W. Stack, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and his relatives controlled approximately 79% of the combined voting power of our common stock and Class B common stock and would control the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to the stockholders for approval, including mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Mr. Stack and his relatives may also acquire additional shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options. They will also have the power to prevent or cause a change in control. The interests of Mr. Stack and his relatives may differ from the interests of the other stockholders and they may take actions with which you disagree.
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate substantially, which may adversely affect our business and the market price of our common stock.
     Our net sales and results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may vary from quarter-to-quarter in the future. These fluctuations may adversely affect our business, financial condition and the market price of our common stock. A number of factors, many of which are outside our control, may cause variations in our quarterly net sales and operating results, including:
    changes in demand for the products that we offer in our stores;
 
    lockouts or strikes involving professional sports teams;

16


Table of Contents

    retirement of sports superstars used in marketing various products;
 
    costs related to the closures of existing stores;
 
    litigation;
 
    pricing and other actions taken by our competitors;
 
    adverse weather conditions in our markets; and
 
    general economic conditions.
Our comparable store sales will fluctuate and may not be a meaningful indicator of future performance.
     Changes in our comparable store sales results could affect the price of our common stock. A number of factors have historically affected, and will continue to affect, our comparable store sales results, including:
    competition;
 
    our new store openings;
 
    general regional and national economic conditions;
 
    actions taken by our competitors;
 
    consumer trends and preferences;
 
    changes in the other tenants in the shopping centers in which we are located;
 
    new product introductions and changes in our product mix;
 
    timing and effectiveness of promotional events;
 
    lack of new product introductions to spur growth in the sale of various kinds of sports equipment; and
 
    weather.
     We cannot assure you that comparable store sales will continue to increase at the rates achieved in our last fiscal year. Moreover, our comparable store sales may decline. Our comparable store sales may vary from quarter-to-quarter, and an unanticipated decline in revenues or comparable store sales may cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly.
     The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile as the stock market in general has been highly volatile. Factors that could cause fluctuation in the stock price may include, among other things:
    actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;
 
    changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;
 
    our inability to meet or exceed securities analysts’ estimates or expectations;
 
    conditions or trends in our industry;
 
    changes in the market valuations of other retail companies;
 
    announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, divestitures, joint ventures or other strategic initiatives;
 
    capital commitments;
 
    additions or departures of key personnel; and
 
    sales of common stock.
     Many of these factors are beyond our control. These factors may cause the market price of our common stock to decline, regardless of our operating performance.
Our anti-takeover provisions could prevent or delay a change in control of our company, even if such change of control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
     Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as well as provisions of Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include:

17


Table of Contents

authorizing the issuance of Class B common stock; classifying the board of directors such that only one-third of directors are elected each year; authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a takeover attempt; prohibiting the use of cumulative voting for the election of directors; limiting the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders; if our Class B common stock is no longer outstanding, prohibiting stockholder action by partial written consent and requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders or by unanimous written consent; and establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
     In addition, the Delaware General Corporation Law, to which we are subject, prohibits, except under specified circumstances, us from engaging in any mergers, significant sales of stock or assets or business combinations with any stockholder or group of stockholders who own at least 15% of our common stock.
We may not have the ability to purchase convertible notes at the option of the holders or upon a change in control or to raise the funds necessary to finance the purchases.
     On February 18, 2004, the Company completed a private offering of $172.5 million issue price of senior unsecured convertible notes in transactions pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     On February 18, 2009, February 18, 2014 and February 18, 2019, holders of the convertible notes may require us to purchase their convertible notes. However, it is possible that we would not have sufficient funds at that time to make the required purchase of convertible notes or would otherwise be prohibited under our senior secured revolving credit facility or other future debt instruments from making such payments in cash. We may only pay the purchase price in cash and not in shares of our common stock.
     In addition, upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change in control events, holders may require us to purchase for cash all or any portion of their convertible notes. However, it is possible that, upon a change in control, we may not have sufficient funds at that time to make the required purchase of convertible notes, and we may be unable to raise the funds necessary. In addition, the issuance of our shares upon a conversion of convertible notes could result in a default under our senior secured revolving credit facility to the extent that the issuance creates a change of control event under our credit facility. Such a default under the senior secured credit facility could in turn create a cross default under the convertible notes.
     The terms of our senior secured revolving credit facility and of any future indebtedness we incur may also restrict our ability to fund the purchase of convertible notes upon a change in control or if we are otherwise required to purchase convertible notes at the option of the holder. If such restrictions exist, we would have to seek the consent of the lenders or repay those borrowings. If we were unable to obtain the necessary consent or unable to repay those borrowings, we would be unable to purchase the convertible notes and, as a result, would be in default under the convertible notes.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
     Our corporate headquarters is located at 300 Industry Drive, RIDC Park West, Pittsburgh, PA 15275, where we lease approximately 200,000 square feet of office space. The lease for this office space is for a term of 20 years through 2024.
     We currently lease a 601,000 square foot distribution center in Smithton, Pennsylvania and a 364,000 square foot distribution center in Plainfield, Indiana. The Plainfield distribution center is currently being expanded to 725,000 square feet and is scheduled for completion in February 2007. The term of these leases expire in 2019 and 2020, respectively. We also lease a 75,000 square foot return center in Conklin, New York, which is utilized for freight consolidation and the handling of damaged and defective merchandise. The term of this lease expires in 2009.
     We lease all of our stores. Initial lease terms are generally for 10 to 25 years, and most leases contain multiple five-year renewal options and rent escalation provisions. We believe that our leases, when entered into, are at market rate rents. We generally select a new store site six to 18 months before its opening. Our stores are primarily located in shopping centers in regional shopping areas, as well as in freestanding locations and in malls. We currently have substantially all of our leases signed for the stores planned to open in fiscal 2006, and nine signed leases for the stores planned to open in fiscal 2007.

18


Table of Contents

     As of January 28, 2006 we operated 255 stores in 34 states. The following table sets forth the number of stores by state:
         
State        
Alabama
    3  
Colorado
    6  
Connecticut
    8  
Delaware
    2  
Florida
    1  
Georgia
    4  
Illinois
    12  
Indiana
    14  
Iowa
    1  
Kansas
    6  
Kentucky
    6  
Maine
    2  
Maryland
    8  
Massachusetts
    11  
Michigan
    12  
Minnesota
    3  
Missouri
    5  
Nebraska
    2  
Nevada
    1  
New Hampshire
    3  
New Jersey
    9  
New York
    25  
North Carolina
    17  
Ohio
    30  
Pennsylvania
    28  
Rhode Island
    2  
South Carolina
    5  
Tennessee
    2  
Texas
    2  
Utah
    1  
Vermont
    2  
Virginia
    13  
West Virginia
    4  
Wisconsin
    5  
 
     
Total
    255  
 
     
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
     Various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business are pending against us. The subject matter of these proceedings primarily includes commercial disputes and employment issues. The results of these proceedings are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSIONS OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
     No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2005 through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

19


Table of Contents

     The shares of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. common stock are listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), under the symbol “DKS”. The shares of the Company’s Class B common stock are neither listed nor traded on any stock exchange or other market. These shares of Class B common stock can be converted to common stock at the holder’s option and are automatically convertible upon other events. Our common stock began trading on October 16, 2002, following the Company’s initial public offering. Set forth below, for the applicable periods indicated, are the high and low closing sales prices per share of the Company’s common stock as reported by the NYSE. The closing prices below have been adjusted to reflect the two-for-one stock split in the form of a stock dividend distributed on April 5, 2004 to the Company’s stockholders of record as of March 19, 2004.
                 
Fiscal Quarter Ended   High     Low  
April 30, 2005
  $ 36.73     $ 30.66  
July 30, 2005
  $ 40.13     $ 30.56  
October 29, 2005
  $ 40.08     $ 27.00  
January 28, 2006
  $ 37.36     $ 29.93  
                 
Fiscal Quarter Ended   High     Low  
May 1, 2004
  $ 30.78     $ 25.32  
July 31, 2004
  $ 34.30     $ 25.00  
October 30, 2004
  $ 36.84     $ 26.77  
January 29, 2005
  $ 38.05     $ 33.25  
     The number of holders of record of shares of the Company’s common stock and Class B common stock as of March 7, 2006 was 167 and 9, respectively.
     We currently intend to retain our earnings for the development of our business. We have never paid any cash dividends since our inception, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future.
     The information set forth under Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters” is incorporated herein.
ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
     The following selected consolidated financial data for fiscal years 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001 presented below under the captions “Statement of Income Data”, “Other Data” and “Balance Sheet Data” have been derived from our consolidated financial statements for those periods. The following selected consolidated financial data for fiscal years 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001 presented below under the caption “Store Data” have been derived from internal records of our operations.
     Our fiscal year consists of 52 or 53 weeks, ends on the Saturday nearest to the last day in January and is named for the calendar year ending closest to that date. All fiscal years presented include 52 weeks of operations. You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with other sections of this report, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

20


Table of Contents

                                         
    Fiscal Year  
    2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share and sales per square foot data)  
Statement of Income Data:
                                       
Net sales
  $ 2,624,987     $ 2,109,399     $ 1,470,845     $ 1,272,584     $ 1,074,568  
Cost of goods sold (1)
    1,887,347       1,522,873       1,062,820       934,956       810,801  
 
                             
Gross profit
    737,640       586,526       408,025       337,628       263,767  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    556,320       443,776       314,885       262,755       213,065  
Merger integration and store closing costs
    37,790       20,336                    
Pre-opening expenses
    10,781       11,545       7,499       6,000       5,726  
 
                             
Income from operations
    132,749       110,869       85,641       68,873       44,976  
(Gain) on sale / loss on write-down of non-cash investment (2) (3)
    (1,844 )     (10,981 )     (3,536 )     2,447        
Interest expense, net
    12,959       8,009       1,831       2,864       6,241  
Other income
          (1,000 )                  
 
                             
Income before income taxes
    121,634       114,841       87,346       63,562       38,735  
Provision for income taxes
    48,654       45,936       34,938       25,425       15,494  
 
                             
Net income
  $ 72,980     $ 68,905     $ 52,408     $ 38,137     $ 23,241  
 
                             
 
                                       
Earnings per Common Share (4):
                                       
Net income per common share - Basic
  $ 1.47     $ 1.44     $ 1.17     $ 1.08     $ 0.73  
Net income per common share - Diluted
  $ 1.35     $ 1.30     $ 1.04     $ 0.93     $ 0.65  
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands):
                                       
Basic
    49,792       47,978       44,774       35,458       32,018  
Diluted
    53,979       52,921       50,280       40,958       35,736  
 
                                       
Store Data:
                                       
Comparable store net sales increase (5)
    2.6 %     2.6 %     2.1 %     5.1 %     3.6 %
Number of stores at end of period
    255       234       163       141       125  
Total square feet at end of period
    14,650,459       13,514,869       7,919,138       6,807,021       6,149,044  
Net sales per square foot (6)
  $ 188     $ 195     $ 193     $ 192     $ 186  
 
                                       
Other Data:
                                       
Gross profit margin
    28.1 %     27.8 %     27.7 %     26.5 %     24.6 %
Selling, general and administrative percentage of net sales
    21.2 %     21.0 %     21.4 %     20.7 %     19.8 %
Operating margin
    5.1 %     5.3 %     5.8 %     5.4 %     4.2 %
Inventory turnover (7)
    3.42 x     3.56 x     3.69 x     3.83 x     3.74 x
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 49,861     $ 37,621     $ 17,554     $ 14,420     $ 12,082  
 
                                       
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Inventories
  $ 535,698     $ 457,618     $ 254,360     $ 233,497     $ 201,585  
Working capital (8)
  $ 142,748     $ 128,388     $ 136,679     $ 55,102     $ 68,957  
Total assets
  $ 1,187,789     $ 1,085,048     $ 543,360     $ 413,529     $ 365,517  
Total debt including capital lease obligations
  $ 181,201     $ 258,004     $ 3,916     $ 3,577     $ 80,861  
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) - including accretion of redeemable preferred stock
  $ 202,842     $ 129,862     $ 60,957     $ 8,549     $ (29,588 )
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 414,793     $ 313,667     $ 240,894     $ 138,823     $ 61,556  
 
(1)   Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, occupancy, freight and distribution costs, and shrink expense.
 
(2)   Gain on sale of investment resulted from the sale of a portion of the Company’s non-cash investment in its third-party Internet commerce service provider. We converted a royalty arrangement with that provider

21


Table of Contents

      into an equity investment that resulted in this non-cash investment.
   
  (3)   The loss on write-down of non-cash investment resulted from a write-down of the investment in our third-party Internet commerce service provider due to a decline in the value of that company’s publicly traded stock.
   
  (4)   Earnings per share data gives effect to the two-for-one stock split, in the form of a stock dividend which became effective on April 5, 2004.
   
  (5)   Comparable store sales begin in a store’s 14 th full month of operations after its grand opening. Comparable store sales are for stores that opened at least 13 months prior to the beginning of the period noted. Stores that were closed or relocated during the applicable period have been excluded from comparable store sales. Each relocated store is returned to the comparable store base after its 14 th full month of operations. The former Galyan’s stores will be included in the comparable store base beginning in the second quarter of 2006.
   
  (6)   Calculated using net sales and gross square footage of all stores open at both the beginning and the end of the period. Gross square footage includes the storage, receiving and office space that generally occupies approximately 18% of total store space.
   
  (7)   Calculated as cost of goods sold divided by the average of the last five quarters’ ending inventories.
   
  (8)   Defined as current assets less current liabilities.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this report. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. See PART I- “Forward Looking Statements” and PART I-Item 1A, “Risks and Uncertainties”.
Overview
          The Company is an authentic full-line sporting goods retailer offering a broad assortment of brand-name sporting goods equipment, apparel and footwear in a specialty store environment. On July 29, 2004, a wholly owned subsidiary of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. completed the acquisition of Galyan’s. The Consolidated Statements of Income include the operation of Galyan’s from the date of acquisition forward for the year ended January 29, 2005.
          As of January 28, 2006 we operated 255 stores, with approximately 14.7 million square feet, in 34 states, the majority of which are located primarily throughout the Eastern half of the United States.
Executive Summary
          The Company reported net income for the year ended January 28, 2006 of $73.0 million or $1.35 per diluted share as compared to net income of $68.9 million and earnings per diluted share of $1.30 in 2004. The increase in earnings was attributable to an increase in sales as a result of a 2.6% increase in comparable store sales, new store sales and sales from the former Galyan’s stores that were acquired on July 29, 2004 and an increase in gross profit margins partially offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales, a $5.5 million after tax decrease in the gain on sale of investment and a $10.5 million after tax increase in merger integration and store closing costs associated with the acquisition of Galyan’s.
          Net sales increased 24% to $2,625 million in 2005 from $2,109 million in 2004. This increase resulted primarily from a comparable store sales increase of 2.6%, or $36.7 million, and $478.9 million from the net addition of new stores in the last five quarters which are not included in the comparable store base, and the former Galyan’s stores which will be included in the comparable store base beginning in the second quarter of 2006.

22


Table of Contents

     Income from operations increased 20% to $132.7 million in 2005 from $110.9 million in 2004 due primarily to the increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in merger integration and store closing costs and an increase in selling, general and administrative costs.
     As a percentage of net sales, gross profit increased to 28.10% in 2005 from 27.81% in 2004. The gross profit percentage increased primarily due to an increase in the merchandise margin percentage partially offset by higher occupancy costs in the former Galyan’s stores and an increase in freight expense.
     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 15 basis points. The increase as a percentage of sales was due primarily to an increase in store payroll expense as the former Galyan’s stores have higher payroll expense as a percentage of sales than the Dick’s stores, partially offset by the leverage obtained on corporate administration expenses due to the synergies obtained from the acquisition of Galyan’s and lower bonus expense this year.
     We ended the year with no borrowings on our line of credit as compared to $76.1 million of outstanding borrowings at January 29, 2005. The balance last year was due primarily to using the line to fund a portion of the Galyan’s acquisition. Excess borrowing availability totaled $275.6 million as of January 28, 2006.
Results of Operations
     The following table presents for the periods indicated selected items in the consolidated statements of income as a percentage of the Company’s net sales, as well as the basis point change in percentage of net sales from the prior year’s period:
                                         
                            Basis Point     Basis Point  
                            Increase /     Increase /  
                            (Decrease) in     (Decrease) in  
                            Percentage of     Percentage of  
                            Net Sales     Net Sales  
    Fiscal Year     from Prior Year     from Prior Year  
    2005 A     2004 A     2003     2004-2005 A     2003-2004 A  
Net sales (1)
    100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Cost of goods sold, including occupancy and distribution costs (2)
    71.90       72.19       72.26       (29 )     (7 )
 
                             
Gross profit
    28.10       27.81       27.74       29       7  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (3)
    21.19       21.04       21.41       15       (37 )
Merger integration and store closing costs (4)
    1.44       0.96             48       96  
Pre-opening expenses (5)
    0.41       0.55       0.51       (14 )     4  
 
                             
Income from operations
    5.06       5.26       5.82       (20 )     (56 )
Gain on sale of investment (6)
    (0.07 )     (0.52 )     (0.24 )     (45 )     28  
Interest expense, net (7)
    0.49       0.38       0.12       11       26  
Other income
          (0.05 )           (5 )     5  
 
                             
Income before income taxes
    4.63       5.44       5.94       (81 )     (50 )
Provision for income taxes
    1.85       2.18       2.38       (33 )     (20 )
 
                             
Net income
    2.78 %     3.27 %     3.56 %     (49 )     (29 )
 
                             
 
A: Column does not add due to rounding
     (1) Revenue from retail sales is recognized at the point of sale. Revenue from cash received for gift cards is deferred, and the revenue is recognized upon the redemption of the gift card. Sales are recorded net of estimated returns. Revenue from layaway sales is recognized upon receipt of final payment from the customer.
     (2) Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, inventory shrinkage, freight, distribution and store occupancy costs. Store occupancy costs include rent, common area maintenance charges, real estate and other asset based taxes, store maintenance, utilities, depreciation, fixture lease expenses and certain insurance expenses.
     (3) Selling, general and administrative expenses include store and field support payroll and fringe benefits, advertising, bank card charges, information systems, marketing, legal, accounting, other store expenses and all

23


Table of Contents

expenses associated with operating the Company’s corporate headquarters.
     (4) Merger integration and store closing costs all pertain to the Galyan’s acquisition and include the expense of closing Dick’s stores in overlapping markets, advertising the re-branding of Galyan’s stores, duplicative administrative costs, recruiting and system conversion costs. Beginning in the third quarter of 2005, the balance of the merger integration and store closing costs, which relate primarily to accretion of discounted cash flows on future lease payments on closed stores, was included in rent expense.
     (5) Pre-opening expenses consist primarily of rent, marketing, payroll and recruiting costs incurred prior to a new store opening.
     (6) Gain on sale of investment resulted from the sale of a portion of the Company’s non-cash investment in its third-party internet commerce provider.
     (7) Interest expense, net, results primarily from interest on our senior convertible notes and Credit Agreement borrowings partially offset by interest income.
Fiscal 2005 Compared to Fiscal 2004
Net Income
     Net income increased to $73.0 million in 2005 from $68.9 million in 2004. This represented an increase in diluted earnings per share of $0.05, or 4% to $1.35 from $1.30. The increase in earnings was attributable to an increase in net sales and gross profit margin percentage, partially offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales, a $5.5 million after tax decrease in the gain on sale of investment and a $10.5 million after tax increase in merger integration and store closing costs associated with the acquisition of Galyan’s.
Net Sales
     Net sales increased 24% to $2,625 million in 2005 from $2,109 million in 2004. This increase resulted primarily from a comparable store sales increase of 2.6%, or $36.7 million, and $478.9 million from the net addition of new stores in the last five quarters which are not included in the comparable store base and the former Galyan’s stores which will be included in the comparable store base beginning in the second quarter of 2006.
     The increase in comparable store sales is mostly attributable to sales increases in men’s and women’s apparel, exercise, athletic and casual footwear, socks, licensed merchandise, baseball and accessories and guns, partially offset by lower sales of paintball, in-line skates, bikes, hockey and hunting.
      Private Label Sales
     For the year ended January 28, 2006, private label product sales in total for all stores represented 11.9% of sales, an increase from last year’s 8.6% of proforma sales. These private label sales are for the merchandise developed by Dick’s, and do not include any remaining private label products developed by Galyan’s.
      Store Count
     During 2005, we opened 26 stores, relocated four stores and closed five stores. The store closures were a result of the Galyan’s acquisition. As of January 28, 2006 we operated 255 stores, with approximately 14.7 million square feet, in 34 states.
Income from Operations
     Income from operations increased 20% to $132.7 million in 2005 from $110.9 million in 2004 due primarily to the increase in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in merger integration and store closing costs and an increase in selling, general and administrative costs.
     Gross profit increased 26% to $737.6 million in 2005 from $586.5 million in 2004. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit increased to 28.10% in 2005 from 27.81% in 2004. The gross profit percentage increased primarily due to improved merchandise margins in the majority of the Company’s product categories, partially offset by higher occupancy costs as a percentage of sales (50 basis points) due primarily to higher occupancy costs in the former Galyan’s stores, and higher freight expense as a percentage of sales (39 basis points). The increase in

24


Table of Contents

freight expense was primarily due to an increase in the fuel surcharge charged by our carriers.
     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $556.3 million in 2005 from $443.8 million in 2004 due primarily to an increase in store count and continued investment in corporate and store infrastructure.
     The 15 basis point increase over last year was due primarily to an increase in store payroll costs (64 basis points), a portion of which is due to the negative leverage from lower sales in the former Galyan’s stores, partially offset by lower bonus expense (28 basis points) and a decrease in corporate payroll expense (12 basis points), a portion of which is due to the synergies obtained from the acquisition of Galyan’s.
     Merger integration and store closing costs associated with the purchase of Galyan’s increased to $37.8 million in 2005 from $20.3 million in 2004. The increase is primarily due to closing Dick’s stores in overlapping markets and advertising the re-branding and re-grand opening of the former Galyan’s stores.
     Pre-opening expenses decreased by $0.7 million to $10.8 million in 2005 from $11.5 million in 2004. Pre-opening expenses were for the opening of 26 new stores and relocation of four stores in 2005 compared to the opening of 29 new stores and relocation of three stores in 2004. Pre-opening expenses in any year fluctuate depending on the timing and number of store openings and relocations.
Gain on Sale of Investment
     Gain on sale of investment was $1.8 million in 2005 as compared to $11.0 million in 2004. The gain resulted from the sale of a portion of the Company’s non-cash investment in its third-party internet commerce provider.
Interest Expense, Net
     Interest expense, net, increased by $5.0 million to $13.0 million in 2005 from $8.0 million in 2004 due primarily to higher interest rates and higher average borrowings on the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility.
Other Income
     Other income in 2004 included a $1.0 million break-up fee related to our unsuccessful effort to acquire the assets of a bankrupt retailer.
Fiscal 2004 Compared to Fiscal 2003
Net Income
     Our net income increased by $16.5 million to $68.9 million from $52.4 million in 2003. This represented an increase in diluted earnings per share of $0.26 to $1.30 from $1.04. The increase was due primarily to higher sales, a decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales and gain on sale of investment partially offset by merger integration and store closing costs associated with the acquisition of Galyan’s.
Net Sales
     Net sales increased by $638.6 million, or 43%, to $2,109.4 million from $1,470.8 million in 2003. This increase resulted primarily from a comparable store sales increase of 2.6%, or $31.9 million and $606.7 million from the net addition of new Dick’s stores in the last five quarters which are not included in the comparable store base, and the acquired Galyan’s stores which will not be included in the comparable store base until 13 months after the completion of the re-branding and re-merchandising effort expected to occur by the end of the first half of 2005.
     The increase in comparable store sales is mostly attributable to sales increases in men’s, women’s and kid’s apparel, men’s, women’s and kid’s footwear, golf, licensed product and bikes, partly offset by lower sales of boots, in-line skates and hunting.
      Private Label Sales
     For the year ended January 29, 2005, private label product sales (excluding Galyan’s private label brands), represented 8.6% of proforma sales, an increase from last year’s 7.1% of proforma sales. These private label sales are for the merchandise developed by Dick’s, and do not include any remaining private label products developed by Galyan’s.

25


Table of Contents

      Store Count
     During 2004, we opened 29 stores, relocated three stores, acquired 48 Galyan’s stores, closed three Dick’s stores and closed three Galyan’s stores, resulting in an ending store count of 234 stores in 33 states. Two of the Dick’s store closures were not related to the Galyan’s acquisition. One was closed as its replacement was opened in 2003, and the second was closed due to poor performance.
Income from Operations
     Income from operations increased 30%, or $25.3 million to $110.9 million from $85.6 million in 2003 due primarily to increased sales partially offset by $20.3 million of merger integration and store closing costs, an increase in selling, general and administrative costs and an increase in pre-opening expenses.
     Gross profit increased by $178.5 million, or 44%, to $586.5 million from $408.0 million in 2003. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit increased to 27.81% in 2004 from 27.74% in 2003. The gross profit percentage increased primarily due to improved selling margins in the majority of the Company’s product categories, a larger portion of cooperative advertising funds classified as a reduction of cost of goods sold as opposed to a reduction of advertising expense (20 basis points) as fewer funds were tied directly to advertising expense, partially offset by lower selling margins in the Galyan’s stores due to the liquidation of non-go-forward product, and higher occupancy costs as a percentage of sales (52 basis points).
     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $128.9 million to $443.8 million from $314.9 million in 2003 due primarily to an increase in store count and continued investment in corporate and store infrastructure.
     As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 21.41% in 2003 to 21.04% in 2004. The decrease as a percentage of sales was due primarily to decreased advertising expense (27 basis points), decreased corporate payroll expense due to the synergies obtained from the acquisition of Galyan’s (13 basis points) and last year containing higher information systems costs (14 basis points). These decreases were partially offset by the classification of a larger portion of cooperative advertising funds as a reduction of cost of goods sold as discussed above (20 basis points).
     Merger integration and store closing costs associated with the purchase of Galyan’s were $20.3 million in 2004. These costs consisted primarily of $7.9 million of expenses related to the Dick’s stores that are closing; $5.2 million of duplicative administrative costs; $1.9 million of costs incurred during the four-day closing of all Galyan’s stores; and $5.3 million of other costs comprised primarily of system conversion costs, advertising and relocation costs.
     Pre-opening expenses increased by $4.0 million to $11.5 million from $7.5 million in 2003. Pre-opening expenses were for the opening of 29 new stores and relocation of three stores in 2004 compared to the opening of 22 new stores and relocation of one store in 2003.
Gain on Sale of Investment
     Gain on sale of investment was $11.0 million in 2004 as compared to $3.5 million in 2003. The gain resulted from the sale of a portion of the Company’s non-cash investment in its third-party internet commerce provider.
Interest Expense, Net
     Interest expense, net, increased by $6.2 million to $8.0 million from $1.8 million in 2003 due primarily to interest expense on our amended credit facility associated with the Galyan’s acquisition and senior convertible notes offset by interest income of $1.2 million from our investments in marketable securities and held-to-maturity investments which were sold in 2004.
Other Income
     Other income in 2004 included a $1.0 million break-up fee related to our unsuccessful effort to acquire the assets of a bankrupt retailer.

26


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
     Our primary capital requirements are for working capital, capital improvements and to support expansion plans, as well as for various investments in store remodeling, store fixtures and ongoing infrastructure improvements. The Company’s main source of liquidity in 2005 was our net cash provided from operations. The main sources of liquidity in 2004 were our cash provided from operations; borrowings under the credit facility; and net proceeds from the issuance of the convertible notes.
     The change in cash and cash equivalents is as follows:
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    January 28,     January 29,     January 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 169,530     $ 107,841     $ 99,214  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (93,718 )     (414,772 )     (46,109 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (58,134 )     232,143       29,449  
 
                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 17,678     $ (74,788 )   $ 82,554  
 
                 
Operating Activities
     Cash flow from operations is seasonal in our business. Typically, we use cash flow from operations to increase inventory in advance of peak selling seasons, with the pre-Christmas inventory increase being the largest. In the fourth quarter, inventory levels are reduced in connection with Christmas sales and this inventory reduction, combined with proportionately higher net income, typically produces significantly positive cash flow.
     Cash provided by operating activities increased by $61.7 million in 2005 to $169.5 million, which consists primarily of higher net income of $4.1 million and an increase in the change in assets and liabilities of $53.7 million.
      Changes in Assets and Liabilities
     The primary factors contributing to the increase in the change in assets and liabilities were the change in accounts receivable, accounts payable and income taxes payable, partially offset by an increase in the change in inventory.
     The change in accounts receivable was primarily a result of the decrease in the income tax receivable due to the net operating losses acquired as a result of the Galyan’s transaction. The increase in the change in accounts payable was primarily due to the increase in holiday receipts remaining in accounts payable as compared to the prior year along with an increase in inventory in-transit at year-end 2006 compared to 2005. The increase in the change in income taxes payable was primarily related to the usage of the net operating losses in the current year as noted above. Partially offsetting these cash inflows was the increase in inventory which was primarily due to the increase in inventory in-transit.
     The cash flows from operating the Company’s stores is a significant source of liquidity, and will continue to be used in 2006 primarily to purchase inventory, make capital improvements and open new stores. All of the Company’s revenues are realized at the point-of-sale in the stores.
Investing Activities
     Cash used in investing activities decreased by $321.1 million in 2005 to $93.7 million due primarily to the acquisition of Galyan’s in 2004, which cost $369.6 million. Net capital expenditures increased $23.9 million due to an increase in capital expenditures of $7.1 million and a decrease in sale-leaseback proceeds of $16.8 million. We use cash in investing activities to build new stores and remodel or relocate existing stores. Furthermore, net cash used in investing activities includes purchases of information technology assets and expenditures for distribution facilities and corporate headquarters. The following table presents the major categories of capital expenditure activities:

27


Table of Contents

                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    January 28,     January 29,     January 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
New, relocated and remodeled stores
  $ 43,911     $ 72,542     $ 43,753  
Future stores
    10,580       1,402       6,922  
Existing stores
    25,502       5,719       6,642  
Information systems
    19,288       12,400       8,860  
Administration and distribution facilities
    12,721       12,881       887  
 
                 
 
  $ 112,002     $ 104,944     $ 67,064  
 
                 
     During 2005, we opened 26 stores and relocated four stores compared to opening 29 stores and the relocation of three stores during 2004. Sale-leaseback transactions covering store fixtures, buildings and information technology assets also have the effect of returning to the Company cash previously invested in these assets. There were no building sale-leasebacks during 2005. During 2004, we completed four building sale-leaseback transactions that generated proceeds of $21.7 million, of which $15.2 million of the capital expenditures were incurred in 2003.
     The decrease in new, relocated and remodeled stores capital expenditures is primarily due to a decrease in the number of stores with construction allowances in 2005 and last year’s conversion of the Galyan’s stores to Dick’s stores. The increase in future store capital spend is due primarily to the greater number of stores expected to open in 2006. Existing store capital spend increased as a result of exterior sign conversions for the former Galyan’s stores along with updated information technology assets in the existing stores as we continue to upgrade our infrastructure and technology.
     The Company also generated $1.9 million in proceeds from the sale of a portion of the Company’s non-cash investment in its third-party Internet commerce service provider during 2005 as compared to $12.0 million in proceeds during 2004.
Financing Activities
     Cash used in financing activities increased by $290.3 million to $58.1 million primarily reflecting higher payments under the Credit Agreement in 2005, and the impact of the net proceeds from the senior convertible notes in 2004. Financing activities consisted primarily of the net payments under the Credit Agreement and proceeds from transactions in the Company’s common stock. The Company received proceeds of $11.1 million and $8.3 million from transactions in the Company’s stock option and employee stock purchase plan in 2005 and 2004, respectively.
     The Company’s liquidity and capital needs have generally been met by cash from operating activities, the proceeds from the convertible notes and borrowings under the $350 million Credit Agreement. Borrowing availability under the Credit Agreement is generally limited to the lesser of 70% of the Company’s eligible inventory or 85% of the Company’s inventory’s liquidation value, in each case net of specified reserves and less any letters of credit outstanding. Interest on outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Agreement currently accrues, at the Company’s option, at a rate based on either (i) the prime corporate lending rate or (ii) at the LIBOR rate plus 1.25% to 1.75% based on the level of total borrowings during the prior three months. The Credit Agreement’s term expires May 30, 2008.
     There were no outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement as of January 28, 2006. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement were $76.1 million as of January 29, 2005. Total remaining borrowing capacity, after subtracting letters of credit as of January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 was $275.6 million and $184.1 million, respectively.
     The Credit Agreement contains restrictions regarding the Company’s and related subsidiary’s ability, among other things, to merge, consolidate or acquire non-subsidiary entities, to incur certain specified types of indebtedness or liens in excess of certain specified amounts, to pay dividends or make distributions on the Company’s stock, to make certain investments or loans to other parties, or to engage in lending, borrowing or other commercial transactions with subsidiaries, affiliates or employees. Under the Credit Agreement, the Company is obligated to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.0 to 1.0 in certain circumstances. The obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreement are secured by interests in substantially all of the

28


Table of Contents

Company’s personal property excluding store and distribution center equipment and fixtures. As of January 28, 2006, the Company was in compliance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.
     Cash requirements in 2006, other than normal operating expenses, are expected to consist primarily of capital expenditures related to the addition of new stores, enhanced information technology and improved distribution infrastructure. The Company plans to open 40 new stores and relocate two stores during 2006. The Company also anticipates incurring additional expenditures for remodeling or relocating certain existing stores. While there can be no assurance that current expectations will be realized, the Company expects capital expenditures, net of deferred construction allowances and proceeds from sale leaseback transactions, to be approximately $90 million in 2006.
     The Company believes that cash flows generated from operations and funds available under our credit facility will be sufficient to satisfy our capital requirements through fiscal 2006. Other new business opportunities or store expansion rates substantially in excess of those presently planned may require additional funding.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
     The Company’s off-balance sheet contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of January 28, 2006 relate to operating lease obligations, future minimum guaranteed contractual payments and letters of credit. The Company has excluded these items from the balance sheet in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Contractual Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments
     The following table summarizes the Company’s material contractual obligations, including both on- and off-balance sheet arrangements in effect at January 28, 2006, and the timing and effect that such commitments are expected to have on the Company’s liquidity and capital requirements in future periods:
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
            Less than                     More than  
    Total     1 year     1-3 years     3-5 years     5 years  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Contractual obligations:
                                       
Senior convertible notes, net of discount (see Note 7)
  $ 172,500     $     $     $     $ 172,500  
Capital lease obligations (see Note 7)
    7,909       97       240       413       7,159  
Other long-term debt (see Note 7)
    792       84       94       101       513  
Interest payments
    22,083       4,888       9,748       1,494       5,953  
Operating lease obligations (see Note 8)
    2,881,538       218,824       464,294       453,289       1,745,131  
Future minimum guaranteed contractual payments (see Note 14)
    31,850       500       2,250       3,200       25,900  
 
                             
Total contractual obligations
  $ 3,116,672     $ 224,393     $ 476,626     $ 458,497     $ 1,957,156  
 
                             
The note references above are to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
     The following table summarizes the Company’s other commercial commitments, including both on- and off-balance sheet arrangements, in effect at January 28, 2006:
                 
            Less than  
    Total     1 year  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Other commercial commitments:
               
Documentary letters of credit
  $ 4,356     $ 4,356  
Standby letters of credit
    13,430       13,430  
 
           
Total other commercial commitments
  $ 17,786     $ 17,786  
 
           
     The Company expects to fund these commitments primarily with operating cash flows generated in the normal course of business.

29


Table of Contents

OUTLOOK
Full Year 2006 – (53-Week Year) Comparisons to Fiscal 2005 – (52-Week Year)
    Based on an estimated 55 million shares outstanding, the Company anticipates reporting earnings per share of approximately $1.77 – 1.81 (which includes $0.27 of stock option expense per share).
 
    The earnings per share outlook includes the effect of the Company’s adoption of SFAS 123R as of January 29, 2006. During 2006, the Company expects to incur approximately $25 million of stock option expense on a pre-tax basis, or $0.27 per share after tax.
 
    Comparable store sales are expected to increase approximately 3% on a 52-week to 52-week comparative basis. The converted Galyan’s stores will be included in the comparable store base beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2006.
 
    The Company expects to open 40 new stores and relocate two stores in 2006.
First Quarter 2006
    Based on an estimated 55 million shares outstanding, the Company anticipates reporting earnings per share of $0.15 – 0.17 (which includes $0.07 of stock option expense per share and $0.04 of store relocation expense per share).
 
    Comparable store sales are expected to increase approximately 3-5%.
 
    The Company expects to open seven new stores and relocate two stores in the first quarter.
           Newly Issued Accounting Standards
          In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” which is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” As permitted by FASB No. 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using APB No. 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options or our employee stock purchase plan. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS 123R’s fair value method will have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, although it will have no impact on the Company’s overall financial position or cash flows. Had the Company adopted SFAS 123R in prior periods, the impact of that standard for years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 would have approximated the impact of FASB No. 123 as described in the disclosure of proforma net income and earnings per share in Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. SFAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. This requirement will reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in periods after adoption. While the Company cannot estimate what those amounts will be in the future (because they depend on, among other things, when employees exercise stock options), the amount of operating cash flows recognized for such excess tax deductions were $14.7 million, $15.9 million and $29.9 million during fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company will adopt the new requirements using the modified prospective transition method beginning in fiscal 2006.
          In October 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 13-1, “Accounting for Rental Costs Incurred during a Construction Period.” This FSP requires rental costs associated with operating leases that are incurred during a construction period to be recognized as rental expense. The Company historically capitalized rental costs incurred during a construction period. The guidance permits either retroactive or prospective treatment for periods beginning after December 15, 2005. We will prospectively change our policy from capitalization to expensing beginning in fiscal 2006. The adoption of this FSP will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
          In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4” (“SFAS 151”). SFAS 151 clarifies that abnormal inventory costs such as costs of idle facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and wasted materials are required to be recognized as current period charges. The provisions of SFAS 151 are effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS 151 in fiscal 2006 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

30


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
     The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, which were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Critical accounting policies are those that the Company believes are both most important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, and require the Company’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Judgments and uncertainties affecting the application of those policies may result in materially different amounts being reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.
     The Company considers the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing its consolidated financial statements.
Inventory Valuation
     The Company values inventory using the lower of weighted average cost or market method. Market price is generally based on the current selling price of the merchandise. The Company regularly reviews inventories to determine if the carrying value of the inventory exceeds market value and the Company records a reserve to reduce the carrying value to its market price, as necessary. Historically, the Company has rarely experienced significant occurrences of obsolescence or slow moving inventory. However, future changes such as customer merchandise preference, unseasonable weather patterns, or business trends could cause the Company’s inventory to be exposed to obsolescence or slow moving merchandise.
     Shrink expense is accrued as a percentage of merchandise sales based on historical shrink trends. The Company performs physical inventories at the stores and distribution centers throughout the year. The reserve for shrink represents an estimate for shrink for each of the Company’s locations since the last physical inventory date through the reporting date. Estimates by location and in the aggregate are impacted by internal and external factors and may vary significantly from actual results.
Vendor Allowances
     Vendor allowances include allowances, rebates and cooperative advertising funds received from vendors. These funds are determined for each fiscal year and the majority are based on various quantitative contract terms. Amounts expected to be received from vendors relating to the purchase of merchandise inventories are recognized as a reduction of cost of goods sold as the merchandise is sold. Amounts that represent a reimbursement of costs incurred, such as advertising, are recorded as a reduction to the related expense in the period that the related expense is incurred. The Company records an estimate of earned allowances based on the latest projected purchase volumes and advertising forecasts. On an annual basis at the end of the year, the Company confirms earned allowances with vendors to ensure the amounts are recorded in accordance with the terms of the contract.
Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
     Goodwill and other intangible assets are tested for impairment on an annual basis. Our evaluation of goodwill for impairment requires accounting judgments and financial estimates in determining the fair value of such assets. If these judgments or estimates change in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges for these assets.
     The Company reviews long-lived assets whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows. Assets are reviewed at the lowest level for which cash flows can be identified, which is the store level. In determining future cash flows, significant estimates are made by the Company with respect to future operating results of each store over its remaining lease term. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.
Business Combinations
     Our acquisition of Galyan’s was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The assets and liabilities of Galyan’s were adjusted to their fair values and the excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The determination of fair value involved the use of an independent appraisal, estimates and assumptions which we believe provided a reasonable basis for determining fair value.

31


Table of Contents

Self-Insurance
     The Company is self-insured for certain losses related to health, workers’ compensation and general liability insurance, although we maintain stop-loss coverage with third-party insurers to limit our liability exposure. Liabilities associated with these losses are estimated in part by considering historical claims experience, industry factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest Rate Risk
     The Company’s net exposure to interest rate risk will consist primarily of borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility. The Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility bears interest at rates that are benchmarked either to U.S. short-term floating rate interest rates or one-month LIBOR rates, at the Company’s election. There were no borrowings outstanding under the senior secured revolving credit facility as of January 28, 2006. Outstanding borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility were $76.1 million as of January 29, 2005. The impact on the Company’s annual net income of a hypothetical one percentage point interest rate change on the average outstanding balances under the senior secured revolving credit facility would be approximately $0.8 million based upon fiscal 2005 average borrowings.
Credit Risk
     In February 2004, the Company sold $172.5 million issue price of senior unsecured convertible notes due 2024 (“convertible notes”). In conjunction with the issuance of these convertible notes, we also entered into a five-year convertible bond hedge and a five-year separate warrant transaction with one of the initial purchasers (“the counterparty”) and/or certain of its affiliates. Subject to the movement in our common stock price, we could be exposed to credit risk arising out of net settlement of the convertible bond hedge and separate warrant transaction in our favor. Based on our review of the possible net settlements and the credit strength of the counterparty and its affiliates, we believe that we do not have a material exposure to credit risk as a result of these share option transactions.
Impact of Inflation
     The Company does not believe that operating results have been materially affected by inflation during the preceding three fiscal years. There can be no assurance, however, that operating results will not be adversely affected by inflation in the future.
Tax Matters
     Presently, the Company does not believe that there are any tax matters that could materially affect the consolidated financial statements.
Seasonality and Quarterly Results
     The Company’s business is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Significant portions of the Company’s net sales and profits are realized during the fourth quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, which is due, in part, to the holiday selling season and, in part, to our sales of cold weather sporting goods and apparel. Any decrease in fiscal fourth quarter sales, whether because of a slow holiday selling season, unseasonable weather conditions, or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results for the entire fiscal year.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
     The financial statements required to be filed hereunder are set forth on pages 36 through 56 of this report.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
     None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures

32


Table of Contents

     The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective, as of the end of the period covered by this Report (January 28, 2006), in ensuring that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended January 28, 2006, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
     Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes maintaining records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions; providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary for preparation of our financial statements; providing reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of company assets are made in accordance with management authorization; and providing reasonable assurance that unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of company assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements would be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that a misstatement of our financial statements would be prevented or detected.
     Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework , issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. This evaluation included review of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the design effectiveness of controls, testing of the operating effectiveness of controls and a conclusion on this evaluation. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 28, 2006. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2006 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Dicks Sporting Goods, Inc.
We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting , that Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding

33


Table of Contents

the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2006 of the Company and our reports dated March 20, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
March 20, 2006
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
     None.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
     The information required by this Item other than the following information concerning the Company’s code of ethics is incorporated by reference to the information under the captions “Election of Directors- Directors Standing for Election”, “ Election of Directors – Other Directors Not Standing for Election at this Meeting”, “Election of Directors- What Committees Has the Board Established”, “Election of Directors- Does the Company Have a Code of Ethics” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s 2006 Proxy Statement.
     The Company adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to its associates, officers and directors, which is a “code of ethics” as defined by applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company has also adopted charters for its audit committee, compensation committee and governance and nominating committee, as well as corporate governance guidelines. The code of ethics, committee charters and corporate governance guidelines are publicly available on the Company’s website at http://www.dickssportinggoods.com/ and are available in print, free of charge, to any stockholder who requests it. If the Company makes any amendments to this code other than technical, administrative, or other non-substantive amendments, or grants any waivers, including implicit waivers, from a provision of this code applicable to the Company’s principal executive officers, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions the Company will disclose the nature of the amendment or waiver, its effective date and to whom it applies on its website or in a report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
     The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the caption

34


Table of Contents

“Executive Compensation- Report of the Compensation Committee”, “Executive Compensation- Severance and Other Arrangements”, “Executive Compensation- Summary Executive Compensation Table”, “Executive Compensation- Option Grants in Fiscal 2005”, “Executive Compensation- Option Exercises and Values for Fiscal 2005”, “Comparison of Cumulative Total Returns”, “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”, and “Election of Directors- How are Directors Compensated” in the Company’s 2006 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
     Part of the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the caption “Stock Ownership” in the Company’s 2006 Proxy Statement. The following table summarizes information, as of January 28, 2006, relating to equity compensation plans of the Company pursuant to which grants of options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other rights to acquire shares may be granted from time to time.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
                         
                    Number of Securities  
                    Remaining Available  
    Number of Securities             for Future Issuance  
    to be Issued Upon     Weighted Average     Under Equity  
    Exercise of     Exercise Price of     Compensation Plans  
    Outstanding Options,     Outstanding Options,     (Excluding Securities  
    Warrants and Rights     Warrants and Rights     Reflected in Column (a))  
Plan Category   (a)     (b)     (c)  
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)
    11,639,387 (2)   $ 15.32       9,606,303 (2)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                   
 
                   
Total
    11,639,387               9,606,303  
 
                   
 
(1)   Includes the 1992 Stock Option Plan, 2002 Stock Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
(2)   Represents shares of common stock. Under the 2002 Stock Plan and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, no options have been granted that are exerciseable for Class B common stock.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
     The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the Company’s 2006 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
     The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the caption “Audit and Non-Audit Fees and Independent Public Accountants” in the Company’s 2006 Proxy Statement.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:
(1) Financial Statements. The Financial Statements required to be filed hereunder are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 36 of this Form 10-K.
(2) Financial Statement Schedules. The consolidated financial statement schedule to be filed hereunder is included on page 59 of this Form 10-K.
(3) Exhibits. The Exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits, which appears on pages 60 to 63 and is incorporated herein by reference, are filed as part of this Form 10-K. Certain Exhibits are incorporated by reference from documents previously filed by the Company with the SEC pursuant to Rule 12b-32 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

35


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    Page
    37  
 
       
    38  
 
       
    39  
 
       
    40  
 
       
    41  
 
       
    42  
 
       
  43-56

36


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 28, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 28, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 20, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
March 20, 2006

37


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    January 28,     January 29,     January 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
Net sales
  $ 2,624,987     $ 2,109,399     $ 1,470,845  
Cost of goods sold, including occupancy and distribution costs
    1,887,347       1,522,873       1,062,820  
 
                 
GROSS PROFIT
    737,640       586,526       408,025  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    556,320       443,776       314,885  
Merger integration and store closing costs
    37,790       20,336        
Pre-opening expenses
    10,781       11,545       7,499  
 
                 
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
    132,749       110,869       85,641  
Gain on sale of investment
    (1,844 )     (10,981 )     (3,536 )
Interest expense, net
    12,959       8,009       1,831  
Other income
          (1,000 )      
 
                 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    121,634       114,841       87,346  
Provision for income taxes
    48,654       45,936       34,938  
 
                 
NET INCOME
  $ 72,980     $ 68,905     $ 52,408  
 
                 
 
                       
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE:
                       
Basic
  $ 1.47     $ 1.44     $ 1.17  
Diluted
  $ 1.35     $ 1.30     $ 1.04  
 
                       
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING:
                       
Basic
    49,792       47,978       44,774  
Diluted
    53,979       52,921       50,280  
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

38


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                 
    January 28,     January 29,  
    2006     2005  
ASSETS
               
CURRENT ASSETS:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 36,564     $ 18,886  
Accounts receivable, net
    29,365       30,611  
Income tax receivable
          7,202  
Inventories, net
    535,698       457,618  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    11,961       8,772  
Deferred income taxes
    429       7,966  
 
           
Total current assets
    614,017       531,055  
 
           
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
    370,277       349,098  
CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS — LEASED FACILITIES
    7,338       15,233  
GOODWILL
    156,628       157,245  
OTHER ASSETS:
               
Deferred income taxes
    8,959       871  
Investments
    3,197       3,388  
Other
    27,373       28,158  
 
           
Total other assets
    39,529       32,417  
 
           
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 1,187,789     $ 1,085,048  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 253,395     $ 211,685  
Accrued expenses
    136,520       141,465  
Deferred revenue and other liabilities
    62,792       48,882  
Income taxes payable
    18,381        
Current portion of other long-term debt and capital leases
    181       635  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    471,269       402,667  
 
           
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
               
Senior convertible notes
    172,500       172,500  
Revolving credit borrowings
          76,094  
Other long-term debt and capital leases
    8,520       8,775  
Non-cash obligations for construction in progress — leased facilities
    7,338       15,233  
Deferred revenue and other liabilities
    113,369       96,112  
 
           
Total long-term liabilities
    301,727       368,714  
 
           
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
               
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
               
Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, authorized shares 5,000,000; none issued and outstanding
           
Common stock, par value $.01 per share, authorized shares 200,000,000; issued and outstanding shares 36,545,332 and 34,790,358, at January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, respectively
    365       348  
Class B common stock, par value $.01 per share, authorized shares 40,000,000; issued and outstanding shares 13,730,945 and 14,039,529, at January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, respectively
    137       140  
Additional paid-in capital
    209,526       181,321  
Retained earnings
    202,842       129,862  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,923       1,996  
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    414,793       313,667  
 
           
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 1,187,789     $ 1,085,048  
 
           
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

39


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Dollars in thousands)
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    January 28,     January 29,     January 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
NET INCOME
  $ 72,980     $ 68,905     $ 52,408  
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
                       
Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net of tax
    1,126       5,417       6,016  
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income due to the sale of available-for-sale securities, net of tax
    (1,199 )     (7,138 )     (2,299 )
 
                 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
  $ 72,907     $ 67,184     $ 56,125  
 
                 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

40


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Dollars in thousands)
                                                                 
                                                    Accumulated        
                    Class B     Additional             Other        
    Common Stock     Common Stock     Paid-In     Retained     Comprehensive        
    Shares     Dollars     Shares     Dollars     Capital     Earnings     Income     Total  
BALANCE, February 1, 2003
    25,134,048     $ 251       15,362,016     $ 154     $ 129,869     $ 8,549     $     $ 138,823  
Exchange of Class B common stock for common stock
    1,254,372       13       (1,254,372 )     (13 )                        
Sale of common stock under stock plans
    238,906       2                   2,471                   2,473  
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit of $29,861
    6,425,556       65                   43,225                   43,290  
Transaction costs related to initial public offering
                            183                   183  
Net income
                                  52,408             52,408  
Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net of taxes of $2,001
                                        3,717       3,717  
 
                                               
BALANCE, January 31, 2004
    33,052,882       331       14,107,644       141       175,748       60,957       3,717       240,894  
Exchange of Class B common stock for common stock
    68,115       1       (68,115 )     (1 )                        
Sale of common stock under stock plans
    137,240       1                   3,232                   3,233  
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit of $15,868
    1,532,121       15                   20,870                   20,885  
Purchase of bond hedge net of sale of warrant, including tax benefit of $2,171
                            (18,529 )                 (18,529 )
Net income
                                  68,905             68,905  
Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net of taxes of $2,917
                                        5,417       5,417  
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income due to the sale of securities available-for- sale, net of taxes of $3,843
                                        (7,138 )     (7,138 )
 
                                               
BALANCE, January 29, 2005
    34,790,358       348       14,039,529       140       181,321       129,862       1,996       313,667  
Exchange of Class B common stock for common stock
    308,584       3       (308,584 )     (3 )                        
Sale of common stock under stock plans
    125,989       1                   3,675                   3,676  
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit of $14,678
    1,320,401       13                   22,078                   22,091  
Tax benefit on convertible note bond hedge
                            2,452                   2,452  
Net income
                                  72,980             72,980  
Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net of taxes of $606
                                        1,126       1,126  
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income due to the sale of securities available-for-sale, net of taxes of $645
                                        (1,199 )     (1,199 )
 
                                               
BALANCE, January 28, 2006
    36,545,332     $ 365       13,730,945     $ 137     $ 209,526     $ 202,842     $ 1,923     $ 414,793  
 
                                               
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

41


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    January 28,     January 29,     January 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income
  $ 72,980     $ 68,905     $ 52,408  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    49,861       37,621       17,554  
Deferred income taxes
    1,559       18,124       8,201  
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    14,678       15,868       29,861  
Gain on sale of investment
    (1,844 )     (10,981 )     (3,536 )
Other non-cash items
    2,452       2,171       2,067  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    16,002       (3,470 )     3,904  
Inventories
    (77,872 )     (44,813 )     (20,863 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (2,589 )     (2,177 )     1,549  
Accounts payable
    35,119       (4,260 )     (19,850 )
Accrued expenses
    (193 )     (4,707 )     12,842  
Income taxes payable
    19,144             (12,763 )
Deferred construction allowances
    11,032       29,072       11,227  
Deferred revenue and other liabilities
    29,201       6,488       16,613  
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    169,530       107,841       99,214  
 
                 
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Capital expenditures
    (112,002 )     (104,944 )     (67,064 )
Proceeds from sale-leaseback transactions
    18,837       35,687       14,726  
Payment for the purchase of Galyan’s, net of $17,931 cash acquired
          (351,554 )      
Purchase of held-to-maturity securities
          (57,942 )      
Proceeds from sale of held-to-maturity securities
          57,942        
Proceeds from sale of investment
    1,922       12,001       4,150  
(Increase) decrease in recoverable costs from developed properties
    (2,475 )     (5,962 )     2,079  
 
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (93,718 )     (414,772 )     (46,109 )
 
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes
          172,500        
Revolving credit (payments) borrowings, net
    (76,094 )     76,094        
(Payments) borrowings on long-term debt and capital leases
    (560 )     (537 )     339  
Payment for purchase of bond hedge
          (33,120 )      
Proceeds from issuance of warrant
          12,420        
Transaction costs for convertible notes
          (6,239 )      
Proceeds from sale of common stock under employee stock purchase plan
    3,676       3,233       2,473  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    7,413       5,017       13,429  
Increase in bank overdraft
    7,431       2,775       13,025  
Other
                183  
 
                 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (58,134 )     232,143       29,449  
 
                 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    17,678       (74,788 )     82,554  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    18,886       93,674       11,120  
 
                 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD
  $ 36,564     $ 18,886     $ 93,674  
 
                 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                       
Construction in progress — leased facilities
  $ (7,895 )   $ 4,306     $ 9,594  
Accrued property and equipment
  $ (4,969 )   $ 13,855     $  
Cash paid during the year for interest
  $ 12,345     $ 5,862     $ 1,594  
Cash paid during the year for income taxes
  $ 4,569     $ 15,818     $ 12,424  
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

42


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED 2005, 2004 AND 2003
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
      Operations —Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a specialty retailer selling sporting goods, footwear and apparel through its 255 stores, the majority of which are located throughout the Eastern half of the United States. On July 29, 2004, a wholly owned subsidiary of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. completed the acquisition of Galyan’s Trading Company, Inc (“Galyan’s). The Consolidated Statements of Income include the operation of Galyan’s from the date of acquisition forward for the year ended January 29, 2005.
      Fiscal Year — The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to the end of January. Fiscal years 2005, 2004 and 2003 ended on January 28, 2006, January 29, 2005 and January 31, 2004.
      Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
      Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
      Cash and Cash Equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and all highly liquid instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. Interest income was $0.1 million, $1.2 million and $0.1 million for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
      Cash Management — The Company’s cash management system provides for the reimbursement of all major bank disbursement accounts on a daily basis. Accounts payable at January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 include $68.0 million and $60.6 million, respectively, of checks drawn in excess of cash balances not yet presented for payment.
      Accounts Receivable — Accounts receivable consists principally of amounts receivable from vendors. The allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $1.9 million and $4.8 million, as of January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, respectively.
      Inventories — Inventories are stated at the lower of weighted average cost or market. Inventory cost consists of the direct cost of merchandise including freight. Inventories are net of shrinkage, obsolescence, other valuations and vendor allowances totaling $38.2 million and $37.7 million at January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, respectively.
      Property and Equipment — Property and equipment are recorded at cost and include capitalized leases. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
         
Buildings
  40 years
Leasehold improvements
  10-23 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
  3-7 years
Vehicles
  5 years
     For leasehold improvements and property and equipment under capital lease agreements, depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term.
     Renewals and betterments are capitalized and repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

43


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
     The Company periodically evaluates its long-lived assets to assess whether the carrying values have been impaired, using the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.”
      Goodwill and Intangible Assets - In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Accounting for Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” the Company will continue to assess on an annual basis whether goodwill acquired in the acquisition of Galyan’s is impaired. Additional impairment assessments may be performed on an interim basis if the Company deems it necessary. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful economic lives and are periodically reviewed for impairment. No impairment of goodwill or intangible assets was recorded during the years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005.
      Investments — Investments consist of shares of unregistered common stock and is carried at fair value within other assets in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.” Fair value at the acquisition date was based upon the publicly quoted equity price of GSI Commerce Inc. (“GSI”) stock, less a discount resulting from the unregistered character of the stock. This discount was based on an independent appraisal obtained by the Company. Unrealized holding gains and losses on the stock are included in other comprehensive income and are shown as a component of stockholders’ equity as of the end of each fiscal year (see Note 12).
      Deferred Revenue and Other Liabilities - Deferred revenue and other liabilities is primarily comprised of gift cards, deferred rent, which represents the difference between rent paid and the amounts expensed for operating leases, deferred liabilities related to construction allowances, unamortized capitalized rent during construction that was previously required to be capitalized prior to the adoption of FSP 13-1, amounts deferred relating to the investment in GSI (see Note 12) and advance payments under the terms of building sale-leaseback agreements. Deferred liabilities related to construction allowances and capitalized rent, net of related amortization, was $73.3 million at both January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005. Deferred revenue related to gift cards at January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 was $58.1 million and $47.0 million, respectively.
      Self-Insurance - The Company is self-insured for certain losses related to health, workers’ compensation and general liability insurance, although we maintain stop-loss coverage with third-party insurers to limit our liability exposure. Liabilities associated with these losses are estimated in part by considering historical claims experience, industry factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions.
      Pre-opening Expenses — Pre-opening expenses, which consist primarily of rent, marketing, payroll and recruiting costs, are expensed as incurred.
      Merger Integration and Store Closing Costs – Merger integration and store closing costs include the expense of closing Dick’s stores in connection with the Galyan’s acquisition, advertising the re-branding of Galyan’s stores, duplicative administrative costs, recruiting and system conversion costs. These costs were $37.8 million, $20.3 and $0 for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively.
      Stock Split - On February 10, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split, in the form of a stock dividend of the Company’s common shares for stockholders of record as of March 19, 2004. The split was affected by issuing our stockholders of record one additional share of common stock for every share of common stock held, and one additional share of Class B common stock for every share of Class B common stock held. The applicable share and per-share data for periods prior to fiscal 2004 included herein have been restated to give effect to this stock split.
      Earnings Per Share – The computation of basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. The computation of diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding plus the incremental shares that would be outstanding assuming the exercise of dilutive stock options and warrants, calculated by applying the treasury stock method.
      Stock-Based Compensation – The Company accounts for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and related interpretations. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized where the exercise price of the option was equal to or greater than the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to stock-based employee compensation (see Note 9) (dollars in thousands, except per share data):

44


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    January 28,     January 29,     January 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
Net income, as reported
  $ 72,980     $ 68,905     $ 52,408  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (13,484 )     (11,761 )     (3,908 )
 
                 
 
                       
Proforma net income
  $ 59,496     $ 57,144     $ 48,500  
 
                 
 
                       
Earnings per share:
                       
Basic income applicable to common shareholders — as reported
  $ 1.47     $ 1.44     $ 1.17  
Basic income applicable to common shareholders — proforma
  $ 1.19     $ 1.19     $ 1.08  
 
                       
Diluted income applicable to common shareholders — as reported
  $ 1.35     $ 1.30     $ 1.04  
Diluted income applicable to common shareholders — proforma
  $ 1.10     $ 1.08     $ 0.96  
     The fair value of stock-based awards to employees is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
                                                 
    Employee Stock Options   Employee Stock Purchase Plan
    2005   2004   2003   2005   2004   2003
Expected life (years)
    5.29       5       3 - 5       0.5       0.5       0.5  
Expected volatility
    39% - 41 %     52% - 54 %     48% - 62 %     27% - 40 %     26% - 30 %     32% - 47 %
Risk-free interest rate
    3.63% - 4.44 %     3.42% - 3.96 %     2.20% - 3.52 %     3.38% - 4.40 %     1.69% - 2.61 %     0.96% - 1.02 %
Expected dividend yield
                                   
 
                                               
Weighted average fair values
  $ 15.26     $ 15.77     $ 10.73     $ 8.29     $ 7.21     $ 5.02  
      Income Taxes — The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” and provides deferred income taxes for temporary differences between the amounts reported for assets and liabilities for financial statement purposes and for income tax reporting purposes.
      Revenue Recognition — Revenue from retail sales is recognized at the point-of-sale. Revenue from cash received for gift cards is deferred, and the revenue is recognized upon the redemption of the gift card. Sales are recorded net of estimated returns. Revenue from layaway sales is recognized upon receipt of final payment from the customer.
      Advertising Costs — Production costs of advertising and the costs to run the advertisements are expensed the first time the advertisement takes place. Advertising expense, net of cooperative advertising was $96.1 million, $78.3 million and $54.4 million for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
      Vendor Allowances — Vendor allowances include allowances, rebates and cooperative advertising funds received from vendors. These funds are determined for each fiscal year and the majority are based on various quantitative contract terms. Amounts expected to be received from vendors relating to the purchase of merchandise inventories are recognized as a reduction of cost of goods sold as the merchandise is sold. Amounts that represent a reimbursement of costs incurred, such as advertising, are recorded as a reduction to the related expense in the period that the related expense is incurred. The Company records an estimate of earned allowances based on the latest

45


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
projected purchase volumes and advertising forecasts. On an annual basis at the end of the fiscal year, the Company confirms earned allowances with vendors to determine that the amounts are recorded in accordance with the terms of the contract.
      Fair Value of Financial Instruments —The Company has financial instruments, which include long-term debt and revolving debt. The carrying amounts of the Company’s debt instruments approximate their fair value, estimated using the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.
      Segment Information — The Company is a specialty retailer that offers a broad range of products in its specialty retail stores in the Eastern United States. Given the economic characteristics of the store formats, the similar nature of the products sold, the type of customer, and method of distribution, the operations of the Company are one reportable segment. The following table sets forth the approximate amount of net sales attributable to hardlines, apparel and footwear for the periods presented (dollars in millions):
                         
    Fiscal Year  
Merchandise Category   2005     2004     2003  
Hardlines
  $ 1,497     $ 1,216     $ 865  
Apparel
    672       530       340  
Footwear
    456       363       266  
 
                 
Total net sales
  $ 2,625     $ 2,109     $ 1,471  
 
                 
      Newly Issued Accounting Pronouncements – In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” which is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” As permitted by FASB No. 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using APB No. 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options or our employee stock purchase plan. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS 123R’s fair value method will have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, although it will have no impact on the Company’s overall financial position or cash flows. Had the Company adopted SFAS 123R in prior periods, the impact of that standard for years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 would have approximated the impact of FASB No. 123 as described in the disclosure of proforma net income and earnings per share in Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. SFAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. This requirement will reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in periods after adoption. While the Company cannot estimate what those amounts will be in the future (because they depend on, among other things, when employees exercise stock options), the amount of operating cash flows recognized for such excess tax deductions were $14.7 million, $15.9 million and $29.9 million during fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company will adopt the new requirements using the modified prospective transition method beginning in fiscal 2006. During 2006, the Company expects to incur approximately $25 million of stock option expense on a pre-tax basis, or $0.27 per share after tax.
     In October 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 13-1, “Accounting for Rental Costs Incurred during a Construction Period.” This FSP requires rental costs associated with operating leases that are incurred during a construction period to be recognized as rental expense. The Company historically capitalized rental costs incurred during a construction period. The guidance permits either retroactive or prospective treatment for periods beginning after December 15, 2005. We will prospectively change our policy from capitalization to expensing beginning in fiscal 2006. The adoption of this FSP is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
     In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4” (“SFAS 151”). SFAS 151 clarifies that abnormal inventory costs such as costs of idle facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and waste materials are required to be recognized as current period charges. The provisions of SFAS 151 are effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS 151 in fiscal 2006 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
2. Acquisition
     On July 29, 2004, Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. acquired all of the common stock of Galyan’s for $16.75 per share in cash, and Galyan’s became a wholly owned subsidiary of Dick’s. The Company has recorded $156.6 of

46


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
goodwill as the excess of the purchase price of $369.6 million over the fair value of the net amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company received an independent appraisal for certain assets to determine their fair value. The purchase price allocation is final, except for any potential income tax changes that may arise. The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):
         
Inventory
  $ 158,780  
Other current assets
    65,603  
Property and equipment, net
    157,211  
Other long-term assets, excluding goodwill
    4,458  
Goodwill
    156,628  
Favorable leases
    5,310  
Accounts payable
    (93,944 )
Accrued expenses
    (61,223 )
Other current liabilities
    (9,937 )
Long-term debt
    (5,859 )
Other long-term liabilities
    (7,455 )
 
     
Fair value of net assets acquired, including intangibles
  $ 369,572  
 
     
     As of January 28, 2006, the Company had accrued expenses of $0.1 million related to Galyan’s associate severance and relocation, and a net receivable of $0.6 million as our projected sublease cash flows exceed our anticipated rent payments for two of the closed former Galyan’s stores. These costs were accounted for under Emerging Issues Task Force No. 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination”.
     The following table summarizes the activity in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004 (in thousands):
                                 
                    Inventory        
            Liabilities Established     Reserve        
    Associate Severance,     for the Closing     for Discontinued        
    Retention and     of Galyan’s Stores and     Galyan’s        
    Relocation     Corporate Headquarters     Merchandise     Total  
Liabilities and reserves established in conjunction with the Galyan’s acquisition at July 31, 2004
  $ 15,600     $ 15,838     $ 22,686     $ 54,124  
 
                               
Cash paid
    (11,381 )     (3,834 )           (15,215 )
Adjustments to the estimate
    (599 )     (8,331 )           (8,930 )
Clearance of discontinued Galyan’s merchandise
                (16,376 )     (16,376 )
 
                       
Balance at January 29, 2005
  $ 3,620     $ 3,673     $ 6,310     $ 13,603  
 
                       
Cash paid (net of sublease receipts)
    (3,284 )     (4,242 )           (7,526 )
Adjustments to the estimate
    (216 )                 (216 )
Clearance of discontinued Galyan’s merchandise
                (6,310 )     (6,310 )
 
                       
Balance at January 28, 2006
  $ 120     $ (569 )   $     $ (449 )
 
                       
     The $6.3 million and $16.4 million of inventory reserve utilized for the clearance of discontinued Galyan’s merchandise in fiscal 2005 and 2004, respectively, was recorded as a reduction of cost of sales.
     The following unaudited proforma summary presents information as if Galyan’s had been acquired at the

47


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
beginning of each period presented. The proforma amounts include certain reclassifications to Galyan’s amounts to conform them to the Company’s presentation, and an increase in interest expense of $3.9 million and $7.7 million for the years ended January 29, 2005 and January 31, 2004, respectively, to reflect the increase in borrowings under the amended credit facility to finance the acquisition as if it had occurred at the beginning of each period presented.
     The proforma amounts do not reflect any benefits from economies which may be achieved from combining the operations.
     The proforma information does not necessarily reflect the actual results that would have occurred had the companies been combined during the periods presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of the future results of operations of the combined companies (unaudited, in thousands, except per share amounts).
                 
    Year Ended
    January 29,   January 31,
    2005   2004
Net sales
  $ 2,448,643     $ 2,159,065  
 
               
Net income
  $ 56,452     $ 51,624  
 
               
Basic earnings per share
  $ 1.18     $ 1.15  
 
               
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 1.07     $ 1.03  
3. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
     In connection with the acquisition of Galyan’s on July 29, 2004, the Company recorded goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” The Company recorded $156.6 million of goodwill as the excess of the purchase price of $369.6 million over the fair value of the net amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Accounting for Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” the Company will continue to assess, on an annual basis, whether goodwill is impaired. Additional impairment assessments may be performed on an interim basis if the Company deems it necessary. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful economic lives and periodically reviewed for impairment. No amounts assigned to any intangible assets are deductible for tax purposes. The $0.6 million decrease in goodwill during 2006 was a result of income tax adjustments.
     Acquired intangible assets subject to amortization at January 28, 2006 were as follows (in thousands):
                                 
    2005   2004
Intangible Assets Subject to           Accumulated           Accumulated
Amortization:   Gross Amount   Amortization   Gross Amount   Amortization
Favorable leases
  $ 5,310     $ (45 )   $ 5,310     $ 1  
     The estimated weighted average economic useful life is 11 years. The annual amortization expense of the favorable leases recorded as of January 28, 2006 is expected to be as follows (in thousands):
         
    Estimated  
Fiscal   Amortization  
Years   Expense  
2006
    142  
2007
    241  
2008
    345  
2009
    453  
2010
    590  
Thereafter
    3,494  
 
     
Total
  $ 5,265  
 
     

48


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
4. Store and Corporate Office Closings
     As a result of the Galyan’s acquisition, the Company closed six Dick’s Sporting Goods stores and four Galyan’s stores, the Galyan’s clearance center and the Galyan’s corporate headquarters. See Note 2 for a summary of the activity of the Galyan’s store closing reserves during fiscal 2005 and 2004.
     The following table summarizes the activity of the Dick’s store closing reserves and write-offs established due to store closings as a result of the Galyan’s acquisition (in thousands):
         
    Lease and  
    Other Costs  
Balance at January 29, 2005
  $ 3,191  
Expense charged to earnings
    21,545  
Cash payments for leases and other costs
    (4,555 )
 
     
Balance at January 28, 2006
  $ 20,181  
 
     
     Of the $21.5 million of expense charged to earnings, essentially all was recorded in merger integration and store closing costs in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Of the $20.2 million total liability, $4.8 million is recorded in accrued expenses and $15.4 million is recorded in long-term deferred revenue and other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amounts above relate to store rent, common area maintenance and real estate taxes, and other contractual obligations.
5. Property and Equipment
     Property and equipment are recorded at cost and consist of the following as of the end of the fiscal periods (in thousands):
                 
    2005     2004  
Buildings and land
  $ 31,820     $ 34,280  
Leasehold improvements
    313,075       290,236  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
    280,376       255,318  
 
           
 
    625,271       579,834  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (254,994 )     (230,736 )
 
           
Net property and equipment
  $ 370,277     $ 349,098  
 
           
6. Accrued Expenses
     Accrued expenses consist of the following as of the end of the fiscal periods (in thousands):
                 
    2005     2004  
Accrued payroll, withholdings and benefits
  $ 36,859     $ 41,245  
Accrued property and equipment
    23,062       23,428  
Other accrued expenses
    76,599       76,792  
 
           
Total accrued expenses
  $ 136,520     $ 141,465  
 
           
7. Debt
     The Company’s outstanding debt at January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 was as follows (in thousands):

49


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
                 
    2005     2004  
Senior convertible notes
  $ 172,500     $ 172,500  
Revolving line of credit
          76,094  
Capital leases
    7,909       8,427  
Third-party debt
    752       793  
Related party debt
    40       190  
 
           
Total debt
    181,201       258,004  
Less: current portion
    (181 )     (635 )
 
           
Total long-term debt
  $ 181,020     $ 257,369  
 
           
      Senior Convertible Notes — On February 18, 2004, the Company completed a private offering of $172.5 million issue price of senior unsecured convertible notes due 2024 (“senior convertible notes”) in transactions pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Net proceeds of $145.6 million to the Company are net of transaction costs associated with the offering of $6.2 million, and the net cost of a convertible bond hedge and a separate warrant transaction. The hedge and warrant transactions effectively increase the conversion price associated with the senior convertible notes during the term of these transactions from 40% to 100%, or from $39.31 to $56.16 per share, thereby reducing the potential dilutive economic effect to shareholders upon conversion.
     The senior convertible notes bear interest at an annual rate of 2.375% of the issue price payable semi-annually on August 18 th and February 18 th of each year until February 18, 2009, with the first interest payment made on August 18, 2004. After February 18, 2009, the senior convertible notes will not pay cash interest, but the initial principal amount of the notes will accrete daily at an original issue discount rate of 2.625%, until maturity on February 18, 2024, when a holder will receive $1,000 per note. The senior convertible notes are convertible into the Company’s common stock (the “common stock”) at an initial conversion price in each of the first 20 fiscal quarters following issuance of the notes of $39.31 per share, upon the occurrence of certain events. Thereafter, the conversion price per share of common stock increases each fiscal quarter by the accreted original issue discount for the quarter. Upon conversion of a note, the Company is obligated to pay cash in lieu of issuing some or all of the shares of common stock, in an amount up to the accreted principal amount of the note, and whether any shares of common stock are issuable in addition to this cash payment would depend upon the then market price of the Company’s common stock. The senior convertible notes will mature on February 18, 2024, unless earlier converted or repurchased. The Company may redeem the notes at any time on or after February 18, 2009, at its option, at a redemption price equal to the sum of the issue price, accreted original discount and any accrued cash interest, if any. The total face amount of the senior convertible notes was $255.1 million prior to the original discount of $82.6 million.
     Concurrently, with the sale of the senior convertible notes, the Company purchased a bond hedge designed to mitigate the potential dilution to shareholders from the conversion of the senior convertible notes. Under the five year terms of the bond hedge, one of the initial purchasers (“the counterparty”) will deliver to the Company upon a conversion of the bonds a number of shares of common stock based on the extent to which the then market price exceeds $39.31 per share. The aggregate number of shares that the Company could be obligated to issue upon conversion of the senior convertible notes is 4,388,024 shares.
     The cost of the purchased bond hedge was partially offset by the sale of warrants (the “warrants”) to acquire up to 8,775,948 shares of the common stock to the counterparty with whom the Company entered into the bond hedge. The warrants are exercisable in year five at a price of $56.16 per share. The warrants may be settled at the Company’s option through a net share settlement or a net cash settlement, either of which would be based on the extent to which the then market price exceeds $56.16 per share.
     The net effect of the purchased bond hedge and the warrants is to either reduce the potential dilution from the conversion of the senior convertible notes if the Company elects a net share settlement or to increase the net cash proceeds of the offering if a net cash settlement is elected if the senior convertible notes are converted at a time when the market price of the common stock exceeds $39.31 per share. There would be dilution from the conversion of the senior convertible notes to the extent that the then market price per share of the common stock exceeds $56.16 at the time of conversion.

50


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
      Revolving Credit Agreement — On July 28, 2004, the Company executed its Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), between Dick’s and lenders named therein. The Credit Agreement became effective on July 29, 2004 and provides for a revolving credit facility in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of up to $350 million, including up to $75 million in the form of letters of credit. The Credit Agreement’s term was extended to May 30, 2008.
     As of January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, the Company’s total remaining borrowing capacity, after subtracting letters of credit, under the Credit Agreement was $275.6 million and $184.1 million, respectively. Borrowing availability under the Company’s Credit Agreement is generally limited to the lesser of 70% of the Company’s eligible inventory or 85% of the Company’s inventory’s liquidation value, in each case net of specified reserves and less any letters of credit outstanding. Interest on outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is based upon a formula at either (a) the prime corporate lending rate or (b) the one-month London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”), plus the applicable margin of 1.25% to 1.75% based on the level of excess borrowing availability. Borrowings are collateralized by the assets of the Company, excluding store and distribution center equipment and fixtures that have a net carrying value of $98.4 million as of January 28, 2006.
     At January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, the prime rate was 7.25% and 5.25%, respectively, and LIBOR was 4.57% and 2.59%, respectively. There were no outstanding borrowings at January 28, 2006. The borrowings outstanding at January 29, 2005 were $76.1 million.
     The Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants including the maintenance of a certain fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.0 to 1.0 in certain circumstances and prohibits payment of any dividends.
     The Credit Agreement provides for letters of credit not to exceed the lesser of (a) $75 million, (b) $350 million less the outstanding loan balance and (c) the borrowing base minus the outstanding loan balance. As of January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, the Company had outstanding letters of credit totaling $17.8 million and $17.1 million, respectively.
     The following table provides information about the Credit Agreement borrowings as of and for the periods (dollars in thousands):
                 
    2005   2004
Balance, fiscal period end
  $     $ 76,094  
Average interest rate
    4.76 %     3.30 %
Maximum outstanding during the year
  $ 251,963     $ 290,755  
Average outstanding during the year
  $ 134,610     $ 94,682  
      Other Debt — Other debt, exclusive of capital lease obligations, consists of the following as of the end of the fiscal periods (dollars in thousands):
                 
    2005     2004  
Third-Party:
               
Note payable, due in monthly installments of approximately $3, including interest at 4%, through 2020
  $ 752     $ 793  
Related Party:
               
Note payable to a former principal stockholder, due in monthly installments of approximately $14, including interest at 12%, through May 1, 2006
    40       190  
 
           
Total debt
    792       983  
Less current portion of:
               
Third-party
    (44 )     (41 )
Related party
    (40 )     (149 )
 
           
Total Long-Term Debt
  $ 708     $ 793  
 
           
     Certain of the agreements pertaining to long-term debt contain financial and other restrictive covenants, none of which are more restrictive than those of the Credit Agreement as discussed herein.
     Scheduled principal payments on other long-term debt as of January 28, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

51


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
         
Fiscal Year        
2006
  $ 84  
2007
    46  
2008
    48  
2009
    49  
2010
    52  
 
     
Thereafter
    513  
 
     
 
  $ 792  
 
     
      Capital Lease Obligations —The Company leases two buildings from the estate of a former stockholder, who is related to current stockholders of the Company, under a capital lease entered into May 1, 1986 which expires in April 2021. In addition, the Company has a capital lease for a store location with a fixed interest rate of 10.6% that matures in 2024. The gross and net carrying values of assets under capital leases are approximately $8.2 million and $4.6 million, respectively as of January 28, 2006 and $9.0 million and $5.3 million, respectively as of January 29, 2005.
     Scheduled lease payments under capital lease obligations as of January 28, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):
         
Fiscal Year        
2006
  $ 888  
2007
    888  
2008
    905  
2009
    953  
2010
    953  
Thereafter
    13,113  
 
     
 
    17,700  
Less: amounts representing interest
  9,791  
 
     
Present value of net scheduled lease payments
  7,909  
Less: amounts due in one year
  97  
 
     
 
  $ 7,812  
 
     
8. Operating Leases
     The Company leases substantially all of its stores, office facilities, distribution centers and equipment, under noncancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through 2027. Certain of the store lease agreements contain renewal options for additional periods of five-to-ten years and contain certain rent escalation clauses. The lease agreements provide primarily for the payment of minimum annual rentals, costs of utilities, property taxes, maintenance, common areas and insurance, and in some cases contingent rent stated as a percentage of gross sales over certain base amounts. Rent expense under these operating leases was approximately $196.3 million, $144.0 million and $97.1 million for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company entered into sale-leaseback transactions related to store fixtures, buildings and equipment that resulted in cash receipts of $18.8 million, $35.7 million and $14.7 million for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
     Scheduled lease payments due (including lease commitments for 47 stores not yet opened at January 28, 2006) under noncancelable operating leases as of January 28, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

52


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
         
Fiscal Year        
2006
  $ 218,824  
2007
    232,051  
2008
    232,243  
2009
    228,970  
2010
    224,319  
Thereafter
    1,745,131  
 
     
 
  $ 2,881,538  
 
     
     The Company has subleases related to certain of its operating lease agreements. During each of fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company recognized sublease income of $1.0 million.
9. Stockholders’ Equity and Employee Stock Plans
      Stock Option Plans —At January 28, 2006, the aggregate number of common shares reserved for grant under the Company’s 2002 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) is 19,866,000 shares. The stock option activity during the fiscal years ended is as follows:
                                 
            Weighted             Weighted  
            Average     Shares     Average  
    Shares     Exercise     Subject to     Exercise  
    Subject to     Price per     Exercisable     Price per  
    Options     Share     Options     Share  
Outstanding, February 1, 2003
    15,759,202     $ 3.46       8,909,490     $ 2.05  
Granted
    4,776,906       23.16              
Exercised
    (6,425,556 )     2.10              
Cancelled
    (469,326 )     3.70              
 
                             
Outstanding, January 31, 2004
    13,641,226     $ 10.99       4,607,322     $ 2.58  
Granted
    380,010       31.60              
Exercised
    (1,532,121 )     3.24              
Cancelled
    (384,705 )     15.25              
 
                             
Outstanding, January 29, 2005
    12,104,410     $ 12.47       4,242,361     $ 5.91  
Granted
    1,243,944       35.79              
Exercised
    (1,320,401 )     5.65              
Cancelled
    (388,566 )     25.58              
 
                             
Outstanding, January 28, 2006
    11,639,387     $ 15.32       3,871,740     $ 8.72  
 
                             
     Stock options generally vest over four years in 25% increments from the date of grant and expire 10 years from the date of grant. As of January 28, 2006, there were 9,606,303 shares of common stock available for issuance pursuant to future stock option grants.
     Additional information regarding options outstanding as of January 28, 2006, is as follows:

53


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
                                         
    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
            Weighted                      
            Average     Weighted             Weighted  
            Remaining     Average             Average  
Range of           Contractual     Exercise             Exercise  
Exercise Prices   Shares     Life (Years)     Price     Shares     Price  
$1.08 - $2.17
    2,068,498       4.17     $ 1.93       2,068,498     $ 1.93  
$6.00 - $10.48
    3,867,821       6.74       6.51       740,939       7.73  
$15.29 - $22.87
    2,501,255       7.71       21.69       468,219       18.36  
$25.07 - $36.17
    3,201,813       8.47       29.64       594,084       26.03  
 
                             
$1.08 - $36.17
    11,639,387       6.97     $ 15.32       3,871,740     $ 8.72  
 
                             
      Employee Stock Purchase Plan – The Company has an employee stock purchase plan, which provides that eligible employees may purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. There are two offering periods in a fiscal year, one ending on June 30 and the other on December 31, or as otherwise determined by the Company’s compensation committee. The employee’s purchase price is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the stock on the first business day or the last business day of the semi-annual offering period. Employees may purchase shares having a fair market value of up to $25,000 for all purchases ending within the same calendar year. No compensation expense is recorded in connection with the plan. The total number of shares issuable under the plan is 2,310,000.
     There were 125,989 and 137,240 shares issued under the plan during fiscal 2005 and 2004 and 940,877 shares available for future issuance.
      Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Preferred Stock – During fiscal 2002, the Company amended its corporate charter to, among other things, provide for the authorization of the issuance of up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock, 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock.
The holders of common stock generally have rights identical to holders of Class B common stock, except that holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. A related party and relatives of the related party hold all of the Class B common stock. These shares can only be held by members of this group and are not publicly tradeable. Class B common stock can be converted to common stock at the holder’s option.
     During fiscal 2004, the Company amended and restated its Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share from 100,000,000 to 200,000,000 and Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share from 20,000,000 to 40,000,000.
10. Income Taxes
     The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
                         
    2005     2004     2003  
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 41,961     $ 22,645     $ 21,543  
State
    7,295       7,280       3,696  
 
                 
 
    49,256       29,925       25,239  
 
                 
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    (928 )     15,603       8,491  
State
    326       408       1,208  
 
                 
 
    (602 )     16,011       9,699  
 
                 
Total provision
  $ 48,654     $ 45,936     $ 34,938  
 
                 
     The provision for income taxes differs from the amounts computed by applying the federal statutory rate as follows for the following periods:

54


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
                         
    2005     2004     2003  
Federal statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State tax, net of federal benefit
    4.6 %     4.3 %     5.0 %
Other permanent items
    0.4 %     0.7 %     0.0 %
 
                 
Effective income tax rate
    40.0 %     40.0 %     40.0 %
 
                 
     Components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) consist of the following as of the fiscal periods ended (in thousands):
                 
    2005     2004  
Store closings expense
  $ 14,269     $ 3,614  
Employee benefits
    8,454       6,356  
Other accrued expenses not currently deductible for tax purposes
    8,273       12,035  
Deferred rent
    7,709       6,232  
Insurance
    3,491       2,892  
State net operating loss carryforwards
    2,242       4,203  
 
           
Total deferred tax assets
    44,438       35,332  
 
           
Property and equipment
    (16,288 )     (14,530 )
Inventory
    (18,762 )     (11,965 )
 
           
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (35,050 )     (26,495 )
 
           
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 9,388     $ 8,837  
 
           
     The gross deferred tax asset from tax loss carryforwards of $2.2 million represents approximately $49.3 million of state net operating loss carryforwards, of which $1.9 million expires in the next ten years. The remaining $47.4 million expires between 2019 and 2025. In 2005, of the $9.4 million net deferred tax asset, $0.4 million is recorded in current assets and $9.0 million is recorded in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In 2005, of the $8.8 million net deferred tax asset, $8.0 million is recorded in current assets and $0.8 million is recorded in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
11. Earnings per Common Share
     Earnings per common share is calculated using the principles of SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share” (“EPS”). The number of incremental shares from the assumed exercise of stock options is calculated by applying the treasury stock method. The aggregate number of shares, totaling 4,388,024, that the Company could be obligated to issue upon conversion of our $172.5 million issue price of senior convertible notes was excluded from the 2005 calculation as they were anti-dilutive. The earnings per share calculations are as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended  
    2005     2004     2003  
Earnings per common share — Basic:
                       
Net income
  $ 72,980     $ 68,905     $ 52,408  
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    49,792       47,978       44,774  
Earnings per common share
  $ 1.47     $ 1.44     $ 1.17  
Earnings per common share — Diluted:
                       
Net income
  $ 72,980     $ 68,905     $ 52,408  
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic
    49,792       47,978       44,774  
Stock options
    4,187       4,943       5,506  
 
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted
    53,979       52,921       50,280  
Earnings per common share
  $ 1.35     $ 1.30     $ 1.04  
12. Investments
     In April 2001, the Company entered into an Internet commerce agreement with GSI. Under the terms of this 10-year agreement, GSI is responsible for all financial and operational aspects of the Internet site, which

55


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
operates under the domain name “DicksSportingGoods.com,” which name has been licensed to GSI by the Company. The Company and GSI entered into a royalty arrangement that was subsequently converted into an equity ownership at a price that was less than the GSI market value per share. The equity ownership consists of unregistered common stock of GSI and warrants to purchase unregistered common stock of GSI (see Note 1). The Company recognized the difference between the fair value of the GSI stock and its cost as deferred revenue to be amortized over the 10-year term of the agreement. Deferred revenue at January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 was $2.3 million and $2.8 million, respectively. In total, the number of shares the Company holds represents less than 5% of GSI’s outstanding common stock.
     During fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company realized a pre-tax gain of $1.8 million, $11.0 million and $3.5 million, respectively, resulting from the sale of a portion of the Company’s investment in GSI.
13. Retirement Savings Plan
     The Company’s retirement savings plan, established pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, covers all employees who have completed one year of service and have attained 21 years of age. Under the terms of the retirement savings plan, the Company provides a matching contribution equal to 50% of each participant’s contribution up to 10% of the participant’s compensation, and may make a discretionary contribution. Total expense recorded under the plan was $2.6 million, $1.8 million and $1.9 million for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The fiscal 2003 expense included a discretionary contribution of $0.6 million.
14. Commitments and Contingencies
     The Company enters into licensing agreements for the exclusive rights to use certain trademarks extending through 2020. Under specific agreements, the Company is obligated to pay an annual guaranteed minimum royalty. The aggregate amount of required payments at January 28, 2006 is as follows (in thousands):
         
Fiscal Year        
2006
  $ 500  
2007
    1,000  
2008
    1,250  
2009
    1,500  
2010
    1,700  
Thereafter
    25,900  
 
     
 
  $ 31,850  
 
     
     In addition, certain agreements require the Company to pay additional royalties if the qualified purchases are in excess of the guaranteed minimum. There were no payments made under agreements requiring minimum guaranteed contractual amounts during fiscal 2005.
     The Company is involved in legal proceedings incidental to the normal conduct of its business. Although the outcome of any pending legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that adequate insurance coverage is maintained and that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity, financial position or results of operations.
15. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
     Summarized quarterly financial information in fiscal years 2005 and 2004 is as follows (in thousands, except earnings per share):
                                                                 
    2005   2004
    First   Second   Third   Fourth   First   Second   Third   Fourth
    Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter
Net sales
  $ 570,843     $ 621,972     $ 582,665     $ 849,507     $ 364,207     $ 416,135     $ 541,009     $ 788,048  
Gross profit
    151,972       174,416       153,454       257,798       102,758       119,164       138,251       226,353  
(Loss) income from operations
    (9,423 )     38,066       10,868       92,238       17,322       30,805       194       62,548  
Net (loss) income
    (7,331 )     22,098       4,183       54,030       10,608       17,908       (1,956 )     42,345  
Net (loss) earnings per common share
  $ (0.15 )   $ 0.41     $ 0.08     $ 1.00     $ 0.20     $ 0.34     $ (0.04 )   $ 0.79  

56


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC
By: /s/ WILLIAM R. NEWLIN
William R. Newlin
Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
         
SIGNATURE   CAPACITY   DATE
 
/s/ EDWARD W. STACK
  Chairman and Chief Executive   March 23, 2006
Edward W. Stack
  Officer and Director    
 
       
/s/ WILLIAM J. COLOMBO
  President and Chief Operating   March 23, 2006
William J. Colombo
  Officer and Director    
 
       
/s/ MICHAEL F. HINES
  Executive Vice President and   March 23, 2006
Michael F. Hines
  Chief Financial Officer    
 
  (principal financial and accounting officer)    
 
       
/s/ EMANUEL CHIRICO
  Director   March 23, 2006
Emanuel Chirico
       
 
       
/s/ DAVID I. FUENTE
  Director   March 23, 2006
David I. Fuente
       
 
       
/s/ WALTER ROSSI
  Director   March 23, 2006
Walter Rossi
       
 
       
/s/ LAWRENCE J. SCHORR
  Director   March 23, 2006
Lawrence J. Schorr
       

57


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc.
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 28, 2006, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2006, and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2006, and have issued our reports thereon dated March 20, 2006; such consolidated financial statements and reports are included in this Form 10-K. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule of the Company listed in Item 15 of Part IV. This consolidated financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such consolidated financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
March 20, 2006

58


Table of Contents

DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(Dollars in thousands)
                                         
    Balance at   Charged to   Other -         Balance at
    Beginning   Costs and   Acquisition         End
    of Period   Expenses   Related   Deductions of Period
Fiscal 2003
                                       
Inventory reserve
  $ 4,632     $ 1,227     $     $     $ 5,859  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    1,432       774             (1,105 )     1,101  
 
                                       
Fiscal 2004
                                       
Inventory reserve
  $ 5,859     $     $     $ (1,463 )   $ 4,396  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    1,101       992       3,472       (760 )     4,805  
 
                                       
Fiscal 2005
                                       
Inventory reserve
  $ 4,396     $ 5,835     $     $ (900 )   $ 9,331  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    4,805       1,215       (2,995 )     (1,125 )     1,900  

59


Table of Contents

Index to Exhibits
         
Exhibit        
Number   Description   Method of Filing
2.1
  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 21, 2004, by and among the Registrant, Diamondback Acquisition, Inc. and Galyan’s Trading Company, Inc.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on June 22, 2004.
 
       
3.1
  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, File No. 333-100656, filed on October 21, 2002
 
       
3.2
  Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated as of June 10, 2004   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q, File No. 001-31463, filed on September 9, 2004
 
       
3.3
  Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant’s Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-96587, filed on July 17, 2002
 
       
4.1
  Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 28, 2004 among Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc., the Lenders Party thereto and General Electric Capital Corporation   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Statement on Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on July 29, 2004
 
       
4.2
  Form of Stock Certificate   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-96587, filed on July 17, 2002
 
       
4.3
  Indenture dated as of February 18, 2004 between the Registrant and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Trustee   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on February 23, 2004
 
       
4.4
  Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner Smith Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC and UBS Securities LLC dated as of February 18, 2004   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on February 23, 2004
 
       
4.5
  Form of Confirmation of OTC Warrant Transaction, Amended and Restated as of February 13, 2004   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on February 23, 2004
 
       
4.6
  Senior Convertible Notes due 2024, Purchase Agreement among Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner Smith Incorporated, Banc of America LLC and UBS Securities LLC, dated as of February 11, 2004   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on February 23, 2004
 
       
4.7
  First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2004, between the Registrant and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Trustee   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on December 23, 2004.
 
       
4.8
  Consent to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2004, between the Registrant and General Electric Capital Corporation   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on December 23, 2004.
 
       
10.1
  Associate Savings and Retirement Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-96587, filed on July 17, 2002

60


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit        
Number   Description   Method of Filing
10.2
  Registrant’s 1992 Stock Option Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-96587, filed on July 17, 2002
 
       
10.3
  Registrant’s 2002 Stock Plan, as amended   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, File No. 333-102385, filed on January 7, 2003
 
       
10.4
  Registrant’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-96587, filed on July 17, 2002
 
       
10.5
  Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. (successor in interest to Dick’s Acquisition Corp.) 12% Subordinated Debenture, dated May 1, 1986 issued to Richard J. Stack   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-96587, filed on July 17, 2002
 
       
10.6
  Lease Agreement, dated February 4, 1999, as amended for 388,000 square foot distribution center located in Smithton, Pennsylvania   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-96587, filed on July 17, 2002
 
       
10.7
  Lease Agreement, dated November 3, 1999, for 75,000 square foot distribution center in Conklin, NY   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-96587, filed on July 17, 2002
 
       
10.8
  Form of Agreement entered into between Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. and various executive officers, which sets forth form of severance   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-96587, filed on July 17, 2002
 
       
10.9
  Form of Option Award entered into between Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. and various executive officers, directors and employees   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on April 8, 2004
 
       
10.10
  Option Agreement between the Company and William R. Newlin, Chief Administrative Officer and Executive Vice President   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on April 8, 2004
 
       
10.11
  Option Agreement between Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. and Edward W. Stack   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-96587, filed on July 17, 2002
 
       
10.12
  Option Agreement between Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. and Edward W. Stack   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on April 8, 2004
 
       
10.13
  Offer Letter between the Company and William R. Newlin, Chief Administrative Officer and Executive Vice President   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q, File No. 001-31463, filed on December 9, 2003
 
       
10.14
  Form of Confirmation of OTC Convertible Note Hedge, Amended and Restated as of February 13, 2004   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on February 23, 2004
 
       
10.15
  Shareholder Tender Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2004, by and among the Registrant, Diamondbacks Acquisition Inc. and certain shareholders of Galyan’s Trading Company, Inc.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on June 22, 2004.

61


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit        
Number   Description   Method of Filing
10.16
  Amended and Restated Lease Agreement, originally dated February 4, 1999, for distribution center located in Smithton, Pennsylvania, effective as of May 5, 2004   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q, File No. 001-31463, filed on September 9, 2004.
 
       
10.17
  Description of Compensation Payable to Non- Management Directors   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on March 8, 2005.
 
       
10.18
  Consent and Waiver to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2004, among Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc., the lending party thereto and General Electric Capital Corporation, as agent for the lenders   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on June 22, 2004
 
       
10.19
  Lease Agreement dated August 31, 1999, between CP Gal Plainfield, LLC and Galyan’s Trading Company, Inc   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Galyan’s Trading Company, Inc.’s Form S-1, File No. 333-57848, filed May 7, 2001
 
       
10.20
  Amendment No. 1 to First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated December 21, 2000, between CP Gal Plainfield, LLC and Galyan’s Trading Company, Inc.   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Galyan’s Trading Company, Inc.’s Form S-1, File No. 333-57848, filed May 7, 2001
 
       
10.21
  Waiver of Confirmation of OTC Convertible Note Hedge Agreement entered into among the Registrant and Merrill Lynch International on February 13, 2004   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on December 9, 2004.
 
       
10.22
  Amended and Restated Lease Agreement originally dated August 31, 1999, for distribution center located in Plainfield, Indiana, effective as of November 30, 2005, between CP Gal Plainfield, LLC and Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc.   Filed herewith
 
       
10.23
  Offer Letter between the Company and Gwen K. Manto, Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on December 9, 2005
 
       
10.24
  Consulting and Separation Agreement, dated January 31, 2006, between Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. and Gary M. Sterling   Filed herewith
 
       
10.25
  Aircraft Sublease Agreement, dated February 13, 2006, for the business use of an aircraft, between Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. and Corporate Air, LLC   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-31463, filed on February 14, 2006
 
       
12
  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges   Filed herewith
 
       
21
  Subsidiaries   Filed herewith
 
       
23.1
  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP   Filed herewith
 
       
31.1
  Certification of Edward W. Stack, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, dated as of March 23, 2006 and made pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.   Filed herewith
 
       
31.2
  Certification of Michael F. Hines, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, dated as of March 23, 2006 and made pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.   Filed herewith

62


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit        
Number   Description   Method of Filing
32.1
  Certification of Edward W. Stack, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, dated as of March 23, 2006 and made pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   Filed herewith
 
       
32.2
  Certification of Michael F. Hines, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, dated as of March 23, 2006 and made pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   Filed herewith

63

 

Exhibit 10.22
AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT
by and between
CP GAL PLAINFIELD, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
as LANDLORD
and
DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation,
as TENANT
Premises: Plainfield, Indiana
Dated as of: November 30, 2005

 


 

             
1.
  Demise of Premises     1  
2.
  Certain Definitions     2  
3.
  Title and Condition     9  
4.
  Use of Leased Premises; Quiet Enjoyment     11  
5.
  Term     12  
6.
  Basic Rent     13  
7.
  Additional Rent     13  
8.
  Net Lease; Non-Terminability     14  
9.
  Payment of Impositions     15  
10.
  Compliance with Laws and Easement Agreements, Environmental Matters     16  
11.
  Liens; Recording     18  
12.
  Maintenance and Repair     18  
13.
  Alterations and Improvements     20  
14.
  Permitted Contests     20  
15.
  Indemnification     21  
16.
  Insurance     22  
17.
  Casualty and Condemnation     25  
18.
  Termination Events     28  
19.
  Restoration     29  
20.
  Procedures Upon Purchase     31  
21.
  Assignment and Subletting, Prohibition Against Leasehold Financing     31  
22.
  Events of Default     35  
23.
  Remedies and Damages upon Default     37  
24.
  Notices     39  
25.
  Estoppel Certificate     40  
26.
  Surrender     40  
27.
  No Merger of Title     40  
28.
  Books and Records     41  
29.
  Determination of Value     42  
30.
  Non-Recourse as to Landlord     42  
31.
  Financing     43  
32.
  Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment     44  
33.
  Tax Treatment; Reporting     44  
34.
  Intentionally Omitted     45  
35.
  Right of First Offer     45  
36.
  Miscellaneous     47  
EXHIBITS
         
 
  Exhibit “A-1”   - Legal Description of the Existing Land

-i-


 

         
 
  Exhibit “A-2”   - Legal Description of the Additional Land
 
  Exhibit “B”   - Machinery and Equipment
 
  Exhibit “C”   - Schedule of Permitted Encumbrances
 
  Exhibit “D”   - Rent Schedule
 
  Exhibit “E”   - Form of Addendum to Lease
 
  Exhibit “F”   - Termination Fee Schedule

-ii-


 

          AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT, made as of November 30, 2005, between CP GAL PLAINFIELD, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), with an address c/o W. P. Carey & Co. LLC, 50 Rockefeller Plaza, 2nd Floor, New York, New York 10020, and DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), with an address at 300 Industry Drive, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15275.
PREAMBLE
          WHEREAS, Landlord and Galyan’s Trading Company, Inc., an Indiana corporation (“ Galyan’s ”), previously entered into a Lease Agreement dated as of August 31, 1999,, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of December 21, 2000 (as amended, the “ Original Lease ”) pursuant to which Landlord leased to Galyan’s certain land described on Exhibit “A-1” hereto (the “ Original Land ”) and all improvements and equipment now or hereafter located thereon; and
          WHEREAS, the Original Land is currently improved with an approximately 364,008 square foot warehouse/distribution center and improvements ancillary thereto (collectively, the “ Existing Improvements ”); and
          WHEREAS, Galyan’s interest as lessee under the Original Lease was assigned to Tenant pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease dated as of the date hereof; and
          WHEREAS, Landlord is acquiring certain additional land contiguous to the Original Land as described on Exhibit “A-2” (the “ Expansion Land ”) and pursuant to the terms of the Construction Agency Agreement (as defined herein) will cause or permit the construction thereon of an approximately 361,000 square foot addition to the Original Improvements and improvements ancillary thereto (collectively, the “ Expansion Improvements ”; and such acquisition of the Expansion Land and construction of the Expansion Improvements hereinafter referred to as the “ Expansion ”); and
          WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant have agreed to amend and restate the Original Lease in its entirety in order to include the Expansion Land and Expansion Improvements as part of the Leased Premises and to adjust the Rent and other obligations of Tenant under the Lease accordingly.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the rents and provisions herein stipulated to be paid and performed, Landlord and Tenant hereby covenant and agree as follows:
     1.  Demise of Premises . Landlord hereby demises and lets to Tenant, and Tenant hereby takes and leases from Landlord, for the term and upon the provisions hereinafter specified, the following described property (collectively, the “ Leased Premises ”): (a) the Original Land and the Expansion Land, together with the Appurtenances (collectively, the “ Land ”); (b) the Original Improvements, the Expansion Improvements and any other buildings, structures and improvements now or hereafter constructed on the Land (collectively, the “ Improvements ”), and

-1-


 

(c) the fixtures, machinery, equipment and other property described in Exhibit “B hereto (collectively, the “ Equipment ”).
     2.  Certain Definitions .
          “Affiliate” of any Person shall mean any Person which shall (1) control, (2) be under the control of, or (3) be under common control with such Person (the term “control” as used herein shall be deemed to mean ownership of more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation, or other majority equity and control interest if such Person is not a corporation.
          “Additional Rent” shall mean Additional Rent as defined in Paragraph 7.
          “Alterations” shall mean all changes, additions, improvements or repairs to, all alterations, reconstructions, renewals, replacements or removals of and all substitutions or replacements for any of the Improvements or Equipment, both interior and exterior, structural and non-structural, and ordinary and extraordinary.
          “Appurtenances” shall mean all tenements, hereditaments, easements, rights-of-way, rights, privileges in and to the Land, including (a) easements over other lands granted by any Easement Agreement and (b) any streets, sidewalks, driveways, curbs, ways, alleys, vaults, gores or strips of land adjoining the Land.
          “Architect” shall mean the Architect as defined in the Construction Agency Agreement.
          “Assignment” shall mean any assignment of rents and leases from Landlord to a Lender which (a) encumbers any of the Leased Premises and (b) secures Landlord’s obligation to repay a Loan, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
          “Basic Rent” shall mean the Schedule Basic Rent plus the Expansion Basic Rent.
          “Basic Rent Payment Dates” shall mean the Basic Rent Payment Dates as defined in Paragraph 6.
          “Casualty” shall mean any damage to or destruction of or which affects the Leased Premises.
          “Condemnation” shall mean a Taking and/or a Requisition.
          “Condemnation Notice” shall mean notice or knowledge of the institution of or intention to institute any proceeding for Condemnation.
          “Construction Agency Agreement” shall mean that certain Construction Agency Agreement of even date herewith between Landlord and Tenant pursuant to which Tenant, as agent for Landlord, will cause the construction of the Improvements on the Land, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

-2-


 

          “Costs” of a Person or associated with a specified transaction shall mean all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by such Person or associated with such transaction, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses, court costs, brokerage fees, escrow fees, title insurance premiums, mortgage commitment fees, mortgage points, recording fees and transfer taxes, as the circumstances require.
          “Default Rate” shall mean the Default Rate as defined in Paragraph 7(a)(iv).
          “Direct Costs” shall mean Direct Costs as defined in Section 1.01 of the Construction Agency Agreement.
          “Easement Agreement” shall mean any conditions, covenants, restrictions, easements, declarations, licenses and other agreements listed as Permitted Encumbrances or as may hereafter affect the Leased Premises.
          “Environmental Law” shall mean (i) whenever enacted or promulgated, any applicable federal, state and local law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, court order, judgment, decree, injunction, code, requirement or agreement with any governmental entity, (x) relating to pollution (or the cleanup thereof), or the protection of air, water vapor, surface water, groundwater, drinking water supply, land (including land surface or subsurface), plant, aquatic and animal life from injury caused by a Hazardous Substance or (y) concerning exposure to, or the use, containment, storage, recycling, reclamation, reuse, treatment, generation, discharge, transportation, processing, handling, labeling, production, disposal or remediation of Hazardous Substances, Hazardous Conditions or Hazardous Activities, including but not limited to all of the Environmental Management Laws, as defined in Ind. Code 13-11-2-71, in each case as amended and as now or hereafter in effect, and (ii) any common law or equitable doctrine (including, without limitation, injunctive relief and tort doctrines such as negligence, nuisance, trespass and strict liability) that may impose liability or obligations for injuries or damages due to or threatened as a result of the presence of, exposure to, or ingestion of, any Hazardous Substance. The term Environmental Law includes, without limitation, the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act, the federal Water Pollution Control Act, the federal Clean Air Act, the federal Clean Water Act, the federal Resources Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (including the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments to RCRA), the federal Solid Waste Disposal Act, the federal Toxic Substance Control Act, the federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, the federal National Environmental Policy Act and the federal Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, each as amended and as now or hereafter in effect and any similar state or local Law.
          “Environmental Violation” shall mean (a) any direct or indirect discharge, disposal, spillage, emission, escape, pumping, pouring, injection, leaching, release, seepage, filtration or transporting of any Hazardous Substance at, upon, under, onto or within the Leased Premises, or from the Leased Premises to the environment, in violation of any Environmental Law or in excess of any reportable quantity established under any Environmental Law or which could result in any liability to Landlord, Tenant or Lender, any Federal, state or local government or any other Person for the costs of any removal or remedial action or natural resources damage

-3-


 

or for bodily injury or property damage, (b) any deposit, storage, dumping, placement or use of any Hazardous Substance at, upon, under or within the Leased Premises in violation of any Environmental Law or in excess of any reportable quantity established under any Environmental Law or which could result in any liability to any Federal, state or local government or to any other Person for the costs of any removal or remedial action or natural resources damage or for bodily injury or property damage, (c) the abandonment or discarding of any barrels, containers or other receptacles containing any Hazardous Substances in violation of any Environmental Laws, (d) any activity, occurrence or condition which could result in any liability, cost or expense to Landlord or Lender or any other owner or occupier of the Leased Premises, or which could result in a creation of a lien on the Leased Premises under any Environmental Law, or (e) any violation of or noncompliance with any Environmental Law.
          “Equipment” shall mean the Equipment as defined in Paragraph 1.
          “Event of Default” shall mean an Event of Default as defined in Paragraph 22(a).
          “Expansion” shall mean the Expansion as defined in the Preamble.
          “Expansion Basic Rent” shall mean the rent payable pursuant to Paragraphs 2 and 3 of Exhibit “D” hereto.
          “Expansion Land” shall mean the Expansion Land as defined in the Preamble.
          “Existing Improvements” shall mean the Existing Improvements as defined in the Preamble.
          “Family Member” shall mean, with respect to any natural Person, such Person’s spouse, descendants and parents, and any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity created solely for the benefit of such Person and/or such Person’s spouse, descendants and parents.
          “Federal Funds” shall mean federal or other immediately available funds which at the time of payment are legal tender for the payment of public and private debts in the United States of America.
          “Final Completion Date” shall mean the date on which (a) the Improvements, including all “punch list” items shall have been completed in accordance with the Plans as certified to by the Architect, (b) all permanent permits and licenses required for the occupancy of the Improvements have been obtained and (c) Tenant is in occupancy of the Improvements, but in no event later than sixty (60) days following the Substantial Completion Date.
          “Funding Deadline” shall mean the earliest to occur of (a) the Final Completion Date, (b) the first Basic Rent Payment Date following the date on which Landlord has disbursed the full amount of Landlord’s Share of Project Costs, and (c) the Outside Date; provided that, notwithstanding the passing of the Funding Deadline, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing under this Lease and Tenant has paid in full any Basic Rent payment then due and payable hereunder, Landlord shall continue to Fund Landlord’s Share of

-4-


 

Project Costs in accordance with the terms of the Construction Agency Agreement and this Lease.
          “Hazardous Activity” means any activity, process, procedure or undertaking which directly or indirectly (i) procures, generates or creates any Hazardous Substance; (ii) causes or results in (or threatens to cause or result in) the release, seepage, spill, leak, flow, discharge or emission of any Hazardous Substance into the environment (including the air, ground water, watercourses or water systems), (iii) involves the containment or storage of any Hazardous Substance; or (iv) would cause the Leased Premises or any portion thereof to become a hazardous waste treatment, recycling, reclamation, processing, storage or disposal facility within the meaning of any Environmental Law.
          “Hazardous Condition” means any condition which would support any claim or liability under any Environmental Law, including the presence of underground storage tanks.
          “Hazardous Substance” means (i) any substance, material, product, petroleum, petroleum product, derivative, compound or mixture, mineral (including asbestos), chemical, gas, medical waste, or other pollutant, in each case whether naturally occurring, man-made or the by-product of any process, that is toxic, harmful or hazardous or acutely hazardous to the environment or public health or safety or (ii) any substance supporting a claim under any Environmental Law, whether or not defined as hazardous as such under any Environmental Law. Hazardous Substances include, without limitation, any toxic or hazardous waste, pollutant, contaminant, industrial waste, petroleum or petroleum-derived substances or waste, radon, radioactive materials, asbestos, asbestos containing materials, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, lead and polychlorinated biphenyls.
          “Impositions” shall mean the Impositions as defined in Paragraph 9(a).
          “Improvements” shall mean the Improvements as defined in Paragraph 1.
          “Indemnitee” shall mean an Indemnitee as defined in Paragraph 15.
          “Indirect Costs” shall mean Indirect Costs as defined in Section 1.01 of the Construction Agency Agreement.
          “Initial Term” shall mean the Initial Term as defined in Paragraph 5.
          “Initial Term Commencement Date” shall mean the Initial Term Commencement Date as defined in Paragraph 5.
          “Insurance Requirements” shall mean the requirements of all insurance policies required to be maintained in accordance with this Lease.
          “Land” shall mean the Land as defined in Paragraph 1.
          “Landlord’s Share of Project Costs” shall mean the lesser of (i) $17,600,000 and (ii) actual Project Costs, including all Direct Costs and Indirect Costs.

-5-


 

          “Law” shall mean any constitution, statute, rule of law, code, ordinance, order, judgment, decree, injunction, rule, regulation, policy, requirement or administrative or judicial determination, even if unforeseen or extraordinary, of every duly constituted governmental authority, court or agency, now or hereafter enacted or in effect.
          “Lease” shall mean this Lease Agreement.
          “Lease Year” shall mean, with respect to the first Lease Year, the period commencing on the Primary Term Commencement Date and ending at midnight on the last day of the twelfth (12 th ) full consecutive calendar month following the month in which the Primary Term Commencement Date occurred, and each succeeding twelve (12) month period during the Term.
          “Leased Premises” shall mean the Leased Premises as defined in Paragraph 1.
          “Legal Requirements” shall mean the requirements of all present and future Laws (including but not limited to Environmental Laws and Laws relating to accessibility to, usability by, and discrimination against, disabled individuals) and all covenants, restrictions and conditions now or hereafter of record which may be applicable to Tenant or to any of the Leased Premises, or to the use, manner of use, occupancy, possession, operation, maintenance, alteration, repair or restoration of any of the Leased Premises, even if compliance therewith necessitates structural changes or improvements or results in interference with the use or enjoyment of any of the Leased Premises or requires Tenant to carry insurance other than as required by this Lease.
          “Lender” shall mean any person or entity (and its respective successors and assigns) which may, on or after the date hereof, make a Loan to Landlord or be the holder of a Note.
          “LIBOR” shall mean the rate of interest, rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of one-sixteenth of one percent, as published by The Wall Street Journal (or if The Wall Street Journal ceases to publish such rate, then the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page for comparable amounts) as the 30-day London Inter-Bank Offered Rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars at approximately 12:00 p.m. New York time on date that is two business days’ prior to the re-set date applicable to each monthly period during the term of the Lease prior to the Funding Deadline. Each determination of LIBOR applicable to a particular interest period shall be made by Landlord and shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant absent manifest error.
          “Loan” shall mean any loan made by one or more Lenders to Landlord, which loan is secured by a Mortgage and an Assignment and evidenced by a Note.
          “Monetary Obligations” shall mean Rent and all other sums payable by Tenant under this Lease to Landlord, to any third party on behalf of Landlord or to any Indemnitee.
          “Mortgage” shall mean any mortgage or deed of trust from Landlord to a Lender which (a) encumbers any of the Leased Premises and (b) secures Landlord’s obligation to repay a Loan, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified.

-6-


 

          “Net Award” shall mean (a) the entire award payable to Landlord or Lender by reason of a Condemnation whether pursuant to a judgment or by agreement or otherwise, or (b) the entire proceeds of any insurance required under clauses (i), (ii) (to the extent payable to Landlord or Lender), (iv), (v) or (vi) of Paragraph 16(a), as the case may be, less any expenses incurred by Landlord and Lender in collecting such award or proceeds.
          “Note” shall mean any promissory note evidencing Landlord’s obligation to repay a Loan, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified.
          “Original Land” shall mean the Original Land as defined in the Preamble.
          “Outside Date” shall mean the Outside Date as defined in the Construction Agency Agreement.
          “Partial Condemnation” shall mean any Condemnation which does not constitute a Termination Event.
          “Permitted Encumbrances” shall mean those covenants, restrictions, reservations, liens, conditions and easements and other encumbrances, other than any Mortgage or Assignment, listed on Exhibit “C” hereto (but such listing shall not be deemed to revive any such encumbrances that have expired or terminated or are otherwise invalid or unenforceable).
          “Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, association, corporation or other entity.
          “Plans” shall mean the plans and specifications prepared by the Architect for the construction of the Improvements.
          “Prepayment Premium” shall mean any payment required to be made by Landlord to a Lender under a Note or any other document evidencing or securing a Loan (other than payments of principal and/or interest which Landlord is required to make under a Note or a Mortgage) solely by reason of any prepayment or defeasance by Landlord of any principal due under a Note or Mortgage, and which may without limitation take the form of (i) a “make whole” or yield maintenance clause requiring a prepayment premium or (ii) a defeasance payment (such defeasance payment to be an amount equal to the positive difference between (a) the total amount required to defease a Loan and (b) the outstanding principal balance of the Loan as of the date of such defeasance plus reasonable Costs of Landlord and Lender.
          “Present Value” of any amount shall mean such amount discounted by a rate per annum which is the lower of (a) the Prime Rate at the time such present value is determined or (b) six percent (6%) per annum.
          “Primary Term” shall mean the Primary Term as defined in Paragraph 5.
          “Primary Term Commencement Date” shall mean the date of this Lease.
          “Primary Term Commencement Date” shall mean the date of this Lease.
          “Prime Rate” shall mean the annual interest rate as published, from time to time, in The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in its column entitled “Money Rate”. The Prime

-7-


 

Rate may not be the lowest rate of interest charged by any “large U.S. money center commercial banks” and Landlord makes no representations or warranties to that effect. In the event The Wall Street Journal ceases publication or ceases to publish the “Prime Rate” as described above, the Prime Rate shall be the average per annum discount rate (the “ Discount Rate ”) on ninety-one (91) day bills (“ Treasury Bills ”) issued from time to time by the United States Treasury at its most recent auction, plus three hundred (300) basis points. If no such 91-day Treasury Bills are then being issued, the Discount Rate shall be the discount rate on Treasury Bills then being issued for the period of time closest to ninety-one (91) days.
          “Project Costs” shall mean the sum of all Direct Costs and Indirect Costs incurred or to be incurred in connection with the acquisition of the Expansion Land, the construction of the Expansion Improvements and the acquisition and installation of the Equipment in connection therewith.
          “Remaining Sum” shall mean Remaining Sum as defined in Paragraph 19(c).
          “Renewal Term” shall mean Renewal Term as defined in Paragraph 5.
          “Rent” shall mean, collectively, Basic Rent and Additional Rent.
          “Requisition” shall mean any temporary requisition or confiscation of the use or occupancy of any of the Leased Premises by any governmental authority, civil or military, whether pursuant to an agreement with such governmental authority in settlement of or under threat of any such requisition or confiscation, or otherwise.
          “Schedule Basic Rent” shall mean the rent payable pursuant to Paragraph 1 of Exhibit “D” hereto.
          “Site Assessment” shall mean a Site Assessment as defined in Paragraph 10(c).

          “State” shall mean the State of Indiana.
          “Substantial Completion Date” shall mean the date on which (a) the Improvements (excluding “punch list” items, i.e., minor details of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustment, the non-completion of which will not interfere with Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Leased Premises in accordance with all applicable Laws for the uses permitted hereunder or the normal conduct of Tenant’s business) shall have been substantially completed in accordance with the Plans as certified to by the Architect, (b) a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy for the Improvements have been obtained and (c) Tenant is in occupancy of the Improvements and has opened for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business; but in no event shall the Substantial Completion Date be later than January 31, 2007.
          “Surviving Obligations” shall mean any obligations of Tenant under this Lease, actual or contingent, which arise on or prior to the expiration or prior termination of this Lease or which survive such expiration or termination by their own terms.
          “Taking” shall mean (a) any taking or damaging of all or a portion of any of the Leased Premises (i) in or by condemnation or other eminent domain proceedings pursuant to any

-8-


 

Law, general or special, or (ii) by reason of any agreement with any condemnor in settlement of or under threat of any such condemnation or other eminent domain proceeding, or (iii) by any other means, or (b) any de facto condemnation. The Taking shall be considered to have taken place as of the later of the date actual physical possession is taken by the condemnor, or the date on which the right to compensation and damages accrues under the law applicable to the Leased Premises.
          “Term” shall mean the Primary Term and the Initial Term, as extended or renewed in accordance with the provisions hereof.
          “Termination Date” shall mean Termination Date as defined in Paragraph 18.
          “Termination Event” shall mean a Termination Event as defined in Paragraph 18.
          “Termination Fee” shall mean the amount set forth on the Termination Fee Schedule annexed hereto as Exhibit F corresponding to the applicable date or time period of the giving of the Termination Notice.
          “Termination Notice” shall mean Termination Notice as defined in Paragraph 18(a).
          “Threshold Amount” shall mean (i) with respect to Paragraph 10(d), the amount of $1,000,000; (ii) with respect to Paragraph 13(a), the amount of $1,000,000; and (iii) with respect to Paragraph 17(a) and 19(a), the amount of $1,000,000 or such lessor amount (but not less than $500,000) as shall be permitted by Lender; in each case, as increased periodically by the CPI (as defined in Paragraph 4 of Exhibit D) at the same time and in the same manner as Basic Rent.
          “Warranties” shall mean Warranties as defined in Paragraph 3(d).
     3.  Title and Condition .
          (a) The Leased Premises are demised and let subject to (i) the rights of any Persons in possession of the Leased Premises, (ii) the existing state of title of any of the Leased Premises, including any Permitted Encumbrances, (iii) any state of facts which an accurate survey or physical inspection of the Leased Premises might show, (iv) all Legal Requirements,including any existing violation of any thereof, and (v) the condition of the Leased Premises as of the commencement of the Term, without representation or warranty by Landlord.
          (b) LANDLORD LEASES AND WILL LEASE AND TENANT TAKES AND WILL TAKE THE LEASED PREMISES AS IS . TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LANDLORD (WHETHER ACTING AS LANDLORD HEREUNDER OR IN ANY OTHER CAPACITY) HAS NOT MADE AND WILL NOT MAKE, NOR SHALL LANDLORD BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE, ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE LEASED PREMISES, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION AS TO (i) ITS FITNESS, DESIGN OR CONDITION FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE, (ii) THE QUALITY OF THE MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP THEREIN, (iii) THE EXISTENCE OF ANY DEFECT, LATENT OR

-9-


 

PATENT, (iv) LANDLORD’S TITLE THERETO, (v) VALUE, (vi) COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS, (vii) LOCATION, (viii) USE, (ix) CONDITION, (x) MERCHANTABILITY, (xi) QUALITY, (xii) DESCRIPTION, (xiii) DURABILITY, (xiv) OPERATION, (xv) THE EXISTENCE OF ANY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE, HAZARDOUS CONDITION OR HAZARDOUS ACTIVITY OR (xvi) COMPLIANCE OF THE LEASED PREMISES WITH ANY LAW OR LEGAL REQUIREMENT; AND ALL RISKS INCIDENT THERETO ARE TO BE BORNE BY TENANT. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE LEASED PREMISES IS OF ITS SELECTION AND TO ITS SPECIFICATIONS AND THAT THE LEASED PREMISES HAS BEEN INSPECTED BY TENANT AND IS SATISFACTORY TO IT. IN THE EVENT OF ANY DEFECT OR DEFICIENCY IN ANY OF THE LEASED PREMISES OF ANY NATURE, WHETHER LATENT OR PATENT, LANDLORD SHALL NOT HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY WITH RESPECT THERETO OR FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT). THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH 3(b) HAVE BEEN NEGOTIATED, AND ARE INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE EXCLUSION AND NEGATION OF ANY WARRANTIES BY LANDLORD, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE LEASED PREMISES, ARISING PURSUANT TO THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE OR ANY OTHER LAW NOW OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT OR ARISING OTHERWISE.
          (c) Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant is already in physical possession and occupancy of the Existing Improvements and has examined the title to the entire Leased Premises prior to the execution and delivery of this Lease and has found the same to be satisfactory for the purposes contemplated hereby. Tenant acknowledges that (i) Tenant has only a leasehold right of possession and use of the Leased Premises, as provided herein, (ii) the Existing Improvements conform to all Legal Requirements and all Insurance Requirements in all material respects, (iii) all easements necessary or appropriate for the use or operation of Tenant’s business at the Leased Premises shall have been or shall be obtained as of the Final Completion Date, (iv) all contractors and subcontractors who have performed work on or supplied materials relating to the Existing Improvements and as to which payment is currently due and payable have been fully paid, (v) the Existing Improvements have been fully completed in all material respects in a workmanlike manner of first class quality; provided that, any breach or inaccuracy of any of the foregoing representations hereinabove shall not, by itself, constitute an Event of Default under this Lease; it being agreed that the purpose of such representations shall be to estop Tenant from asserting any position or claim to the contrary subsequent to the date here of and to otherwise prevent Tenant from seeking to impose or asserting any duty, obligation or liability upon Landlord to correct (or incur any costs to correct) any facts, circumstances, or conditions (or lack thereof) at the Leased Premises.
          (d) Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant, without recourse or warranty whatsoever, all assignable warranties, guaranties (express or implied), indemnities and similar rights (collectively, “ Warranties ”) which Landlord may have against any manufacturer, seller,engineer, contractor or builder in respect of any of the Leased Premises, including, but not limited to, any rights and remedies existing under contract or pursuant to the uniform commercial code. Such assignment shall remain in effect until the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, whereupon such assignment shall cease and all of the Warranties, guaranties, indemnities and other rights shall automatically revert to Landlord. In confirmation

-10-


 

of such reversion Tenant shall execute and deliver promptly any certificate or other document reasonably required by Landlord. Landlord also agrees to execute and deliver to Tenant such further documentation as Tenant may reasonably request in order that Tenant may have the full benefit of the assignment effectuate or intended to be effectuated by this Paragraph 3(d). Landlord shall also retain the right to enforce any guaranties upon the occurrence of an Event of Default. Tenant shall enforce the Warranties in accordance with their respective terms.
          (e) Pursuant to the Construction Agency Agreement, Tenant will cause the Expansion Improvements to be constructed and the Expansion Equipment to be installed with funds more particularly described in the Construction Agency Agreement in accordance with all the terms thereof, in a good and workmanlike manner of first class quality, and in compliance with all Insurance Requirements and all Legal Requirements. As of the Final Completion Date, all Equipment necessary or appropriate for Tenant’s use or operation of the Leased Premises after completion of the Expansion Improvements shall have been installed and be fully operative in all material respects.
          (f) The Expansion Improvements will be owned by Landlord and are included within the Leased Premises. Tenant acknowledges that the Expansion Improvements have not yet been constructed and that, pursuant to the Construction Agency Agreement entered into by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant has the responsibility for causing the Expansion Improvements to be completed in accordance with the terms of the Construction Agency Agreement. Landlord will not make any representations or warranties with respect to the Expansion Improvements. Tenant further acknowledges that, upon occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may terminate the Construction Agency Agreement, and in addition to all other remedies of Landlord under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to complete construction of the Expansion Improvements in accordance with the Plans. If Landlord so completes construction of the Expansion Improvements, Tenant will not be excused from paying all Rent due pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right to exercise any or all of its remedies hereunder following an Event of Default. All acknowledgments of Tenant regarding the Leased Premises contained in Paragraph 3(b) shall be deemed to have been made again as of the Final Completion Date.
          (g) Landlord agrees to enter into, at Tenant’s expense, such Easement Agreements, waivers, approvals or restrictions for utilities, parking or other matters as necessary or desirable for operation of the Leased Premises as reasonably requested by Tenant, subject to Lender’s and Landlord’s approval of the form thereof, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that no such easement shall result in any diminution in the value or utility of the Leased Premises for use as a warehouse/distribution facility and further provided that no such easement shall render the use of the Leased Premises dependent upon any other property or condition the use of the Leased Premises upon the use of any other property, each of which Tenant shall certify to Landlord and Lender in writing delivered with Tenant’s request with respect to such Easement. If either Landlord or Lender shall fail to notify Tenant of its approval of or disapprove the form of any such Easement within a period of thirty (30) days from their respective receipt of same, then such party failing to notify Tenant shall be deemed to have approved of such easement; provided that Landlord shall be entitled to notify Tenant of Lender’s decision.
     4.  Use of Leased Premises; Quiet Enjoyment .

-11-


 

          (a) Subject to the provisions of clause (vi) of Paragraph 22(a) hereof, Tenant shall continuously use and occupy the Leased Premises for a warehouse and distribution facility and ancillary office uses, and for no other purpose. Tenant shall not use or occupy or permit any of the Leased Premises to be used or occupied, nor do or permit anything to be done in or on any of the Leased Premises, in a manner which would or might (i) violate any Law, Legal Requirement or Permitted Encumbrance, (ii) make void or voidable or cause any insurer to cancel any insurance required by this Lease, or make it difficult or impossible to obtain any such insurance at commercially reasonable rates, (iii) make void or voidable, cancel or cause to be cancelled or release any of the Warranties, (iv) cause structural injury to any of the Improvements or (v) constitute a public or private nuisance or waste.
          (b) Subject to the terms and provisions hereof, Tenant shall quietly hold, occupy and enjoy the Leased Premises throughout the Term, without any hindrance, ejection or molestation by Landlord with respect to matters that arise after the date hereof, provided that Landlord or its agents may enter upon and examine any of the Leased Premises at such reasonable times as Landlord may select and upon reasonable notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency, in which no notice shall be required) for the purpose of inspecting the Leased Premises, verifying compliance or non-compliance by Tenant with its obligations hereunder and the existence or non-existence of an Event of Default or event which with the passage of time and/or notice would constitute an Event of Default, and during the last year of the Term for the purpose of showing the Leased Premises to prospective Lenders and purchasers and taking such other action with respect to the Leased Premises as is permitted by any provision hereof. Landlord shall endeavor, in each case, to minimize any interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Leased Premises during any period of time that Landlord, its agents, employees and/or contractors have entered the Leased Premises as set forth herein.
     5.  Term .
          (a) Subject to the provisions hereof, Tenant shall have and hold the Leased Premises for a primary term (the “ Primary Term ”) commencing on the date hereof (the “ Primary Term Commencement Date ”) and terminating at midnight on the last day of the calendar month in which the Substantial Completion Date occurs, which shall not, in any event, occur later than the Outside Date (the “ Primary Term Expiration Date ”) and for an initial term (such initial term, as extended or renewed in accordance with the provisions hereof, being called the “ Initial Term ”) commencing on the day (the “ Initial Term Commencement Date ”) immediately following the Primary Term Expiration Date and terminating on January 31, 2022 (such date, as same may be extended as hereinbelow provided, the “ Expiration Date ”); provided, however, that if the Outside Date shall not occur on or prior to February 1, 2007 pursuant to the terms of the Construction Agency Agreement then the Expiration Date shall be extended one (1) day for each day after February 1, 2007 that the Outside Date occurs.
          (b) Provided that this Lease shall not have been terminated pursuant to any provision hereof, then on the Expiration Date, and on the fifth (5 th ), tenth (10 th ), fifteenth (15 th ), twentieth (20 th ), twenty-fifth (25 th ) and thirtieth (30 th ) anniversaries of the Expiration Date (the Expiration Date and each such anniversary being referred to herein as a “ Renewal Date ”) the Term shall be deemed to have been automatically extended for an additional period of five (5) year each (each such extension period being referred to herein as a “ Renewal Term ”), unless

-12-


 

Tenant shall notify Landlord in recordable form at least one (1) year prior to the next Renewal Date that Tenant is terminating this Lease as of the next Renewal Date. Any such extension of the Term shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Lease, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified (except that Tenant shall not have the right to any additional Renewal Terms).
          (c) If Tenant exercises its option not to extend or further extend the Term, or if Landlord has exercised its remedies under Paragraph 23 (whether or not this Lease is terminated), then Landlord shall have the right during the remainder of the Term then in effect and, in any event, Landlord shall have the right during the last year of the Term, to (i) advertise the availability of the Leased Premises for sale or reletting and to erect upon the Leased Premises signs indicating such availability and (ii) show the Leased Premises to prospective purchasers or tenants or their agents at such reasonable times as Landlord may select. Landlord shall endeavor, in each case, to minimize any interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Leased Premises during any period of time that Landlord, its agents, employees and/or contractors have entered the Leased Premises as set forth herein.
     6.  Basic Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as annual rent for the Leased Premises during the Term, Basic Rent in the amounts determined in accordance with Exhibit “D” hereto, on the dates set forth therein (each such day being a “ Basic Rent Payment Date ”). Each such rental payment shall be made in Federal Funds so as to be received by Landlord no later than the applicable Basic Rent Payment Date at Landlord’s address first set forth above or pursuant to wire transfer instructions delivered to Tenant from time to time and/or to such one or more other Persons (but not to exceed two), in such proportions as Landlord may direct by twenty (20) days prior written notice to Tenant.
     7.  Additional Rent .
          (a) Tenant shall pay and discharge, as additional rent (collectively, “ Additional Rent ”):
               (i) except as otherwise specifically provided herein (including, without limitation, Paragraph 17 below), all costs and expenses of Tenant, Landlord and any other Persons specifically referenced herein which are incurred in connection or associated with (A) the ownership, use, non-use, occupancy, monitoring, possession, operation, condition, design, construction, maintenance, alteration, repair or restoration of any of the Leased Premises, (B) the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, (C) any sale or other transfer of any of the Leased Premises to Tenant under this Lease, (D) any Condemnation proceedings, (E) the adjustment, settlement or compromise of any insurance claims involving or arising from any of the Leased Premises, (F) the prosecution, defense or settlement of any litigation (other than between Landlord and Tenant) involving or arising from any of the Leased Premises, this Lease, or the sale of the Leased Premises to Landlord, (G) the exercise or enforcement by Landlord, its successors and assigns, of any of its rights under this Lease (which are successful, in whole or in part) (H) any amendment to or modification or termination of this Lease made at the request of Tenant, (I) Costs of Landlord’s counsel and reasonable internal Costs of Landlord incurred in connection with any act undertaken by Landlord (or its counsel) at the request of Tenant, or incurred in connection with any act of Landlord performed on behalf of

-13-


 

Tenant, (J) the reasonable internal Costs of Landlord incurred in connection with any act undertaken by Landlord at the request of Tenant or Tenant’s failure to act promptly in an emergency situation, and (K) any other items specifically required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease. Nothing herein shall make Tenant liable for the payment (as Additional Rent or otherwise) of any Costs or expenses (i) which result solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, (ii) as to which there has been a judicial determination that same were incurred in bad faith by Landlord or (iii) which are incurred by Landlord as a part of its general administrative and overhead costs or expenses, or accounting and tax compliance costs or fees, unless such costs and/or expenses are expressly provided to be paid by Tenant hereunder.
               (ii) after the date all or any portion of any installment of Basic Rent is due and not paid by the applicable Basic Rent Payment Date (excluding any Expansion Basic Rent for which Tenant shall be entitled to receive a credit pursuant to Paragraph 2(b) of Exhibit D), an amount (the “ Late Charge ”) equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of such unpaid installment or portion thereof, provided, however, that with respect to the first two (2) late payments of all or any portion of any installment of Basic Rent in any Lease Year, the Late Charge shall not be due and payable unless the Basic Rent has not been paid within five (5) days following the due date thereof;
               (iii) a sum equal to any additional sums (including any late charge, default penalties, interest and fees of Lender’s counsel) which are payable by Landlord to any Lender under any Note by reason of Tenant’s late payment or non-payment of Basic Rent or by reason of an Event of Default; and
               (iv) interest at the rate (the “ Default Rate ”) of four percent (4%) over the Prime Rate per annum on the following sums until paid in full: (A) all overdue installments of Basic Rent from the respective due dates thereof, provided, however, that with respect to the first two (2) late payments of all or any portion of any installment of Basic Rent in any Lease Year, interest at the Default Rate shall not commence unless the Basic Rent has not been paid within five (5) days following the due date thereof, (B) all overdue amounts of Additional Rent relating to obligations which Landlord shall have paid on behalf of Tenant, from the date of payment thereof by Landlord, and (C) all other overdue amounts of Additional Rent, from the date when any such amount becomes overdue.
          (b) Tenant shall pay and discharge (i) any Additional Rent referred to in Paragraph 7(a)(i) when the same shall become due, provided that amounts which are billed to Landlord or any third party, but not to Tenant, shall be paid within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s demand for payment thereof, and (ii) any other Additional Rent, within twenty (20)days after Landlord’s demand for payment thereof.
          (c) In no event shall amounts payable under Paragraph 7(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) exceed the maximum amount permitted by applicable Law.
     8.  Net Lease; Non-Terminability .
          (a) This is a net lease and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all Monetary Obligations shall be paid without notice or demand and without set-off, counterclaim,

-14-


 

recoupment, abatement, suspension, deferment, diminution, deduction, reduction or defense (collectively, a “ Set-Off ”).
          (b) This Lease and the rights of Landlord and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall not be affected by any event or for any reason or cause whatsoever foreseen or unforeseen.
          (c) The obligations of Tenant hereunder shall be separate and independent covenants and agreements, all Monetary Obligations shall continue to be payable in all events (or, in lieu thereof, Tenant shall pay amounts equal thereto), and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall continue unaffected unless the requirement to pay or perform the same shall have been terminated pursuant to an express provision of this Lease. The obligation to pay Rent or amounts equal thereto shall not be affected by any collection of any sums by any governmental body pursuant to any Imposition even if such sums are characterized as “rent” by such governmental body. All Rent payable by Tenant hereunder shall constitute “rent” for all purposes (including Section 502(b)(6) of the Federal Bankruptcy Code).
          (d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant shall have no right and hereby waives all rights which it may have under any Law (i) to quit, terminate or surrender this Lease or any of the Leased Premises, or (ii) to any Set-Off of any Monetary Obligations.
     9.  Payment of Impositions .
          (a) Tenant shall, before interest or penalties are due thereon, pay and discharge all taxes (including real and personal property, franchise, sales, use, gross receipts and rent taxes), all charges for any easement or agreement maintained for the benefit of any of the Leased Premises, all assessments and levies, all permit, inspection and license fees, all rents and charges for water, sewer, utility and communication services relating to any of the Leased Premises, all ground rents and all other public charges whether of a like or different nature, even if unforeseen or extraordinary, imposed upon or assessed against (i) Tenant, (ii) Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Leased Premises, (iii) any of the Leased Premises, or (iv) Landlord as a result of or arising in respect of the acquisition, ownership, occupancy, leasing, use, possession or sale of any of the Leased Premises, any activity conducted on any of the Leased Premises, or the Rent, (collectively, the “ Impositions ”); provided, that nothing herein shall obligate Tenant to pay (A) income, excess profits or other taxes of Landlord (or Lender) which are determined on the basis of Landlord’s (or Lender’s) net income or net worth (unless such taxes are in lieu of or a substitute for any other tax, assessment or other charge upon or with respect to the Leased Premises which, if it were in effect, would be payable by Tenant under the provisions hereof or by the terms of such tax, assessment or other charge), (B) any estate, inheritance, succession, gift or similar tax imposed on Landlord or (C) any capital gains tax imposed on Landlord in connection with the sale of the Leased Premises to any Person. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to pay, together with scheduled installments of Basic Rent, the amount of the gross receipts or rent tax, if any, payable with respect to the amount of such installment of Basic Rent. If any Imposition may be paid in installments without interest or penalty, Tenant shall have the option to pay such Imposition in installments; in such event, Tenant shall be liable only for those installments which accrue or become due and payable during the Term. Tenant shall prepare and file all tax reports required by governmental authorities which relate to the

-15-


 

Impositions. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (1) copies of all settlements and notices pertaining to the Impositions which may be issued by any governmental authority within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, (2) receipts for payment of all taxes required to be paid by Tenant hereunder within thirty (30) days after the due date thereof and (3) receipts for payment of all other Impositions within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s request therefor.
          (b) Following the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the payment of taxes or insurance premiums, the maintenance of the Leased Premises, or if Landlord is required by a Lender to pay into escrow funds necessary to pay the applicable Escrow Charges, Tenant shall pay to Landlord such amounts (each an “ Escrow Payment ”) monthly or as required by such Lender (but not more often than monthly) so that there shall be in an escrow account an amount sufficient to pay the Escrow Charges (as hereinafter defined) as they become due. As used herein, “ Escrow Charges ” shall mean real estate taxes and assessments on or with respect to the Leased Premises or payments in lieu thereof, premiums on any insurance required by this Lease and any reserves for capital improvements. Landlord shall determine the amount of the Escrow Charges (it being agreed that if required by a Lender, such amounts shall equal any corresponding escrow installments required to be paid by Landlord) and the amount of each Escrow Payment. As long as the Escrow Payments are being held by Landlord the Escrow Payments shall not be commingled with other funds of Landlord or other Persons and interest thereon shall accrue for the benefit of Tenant from the date such monies are received and invested until the date such monies are disbursed to pay Escrow Charges. Landlord shall apply the Escrow Payments to the payment of the Escrow Charges in such order or priority as Landlord shall reasonably determine or as required by Law. If at any time the Escrow Payments theretofore paid to Landlord shall be insufficient for the payment of the Escrow Charges, Tenant, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s demand therefor, shall pay the amount of the deficiency to Landlord.
     10.  Compliance with Laws and Easement Agreements, Environmental Matters .
          (a) Tenant shall, at its expense, comply with and conform to, and cause the Leased Premises and any other Person occupying any part of the Leased Premises to comply with and conform to, all Insurance Requirements and Legal Requirements (including all applicable Environmental Laws). Tenant shall not at any time (i) cause, permit or suffer to occur any Environmental Violation or (ii) permit any sublessee, assignee or other Person occupying the Leased Premises under or through Tenant to cause, permit or suffer to occur any Environmental Violation and, at the request of Landlord or Lender, Tenant shall promptly remediate or undertake any other appropriate response action to correct any existing Environmental Violation, however immaterial, and (iii) without the prior written consent of Landlord and Lender, permit any drilling or exploration for or extraction, removal, or production of any minerals from the surface or the subsurface of the Land, regardless of the depth thereof or the method of mining or extraction thereof. Any and all reports prepared for or by Landlord with respect to the Leased Premises shall be for the sole benefit of Landlord and Lender and no other Person shall have the right to rely on any such reports.
          (b) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, will at all times promptly and faithfully abide by, discharge and perform all of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in any Easement Agreement on the part of Landlord or the occupier to be kept and

-16-


 

performed thereunder. Tenant will not alter, modify, amend or terminate any Easement Agreement, give any consent or approval thereunder, or enter into any new Easement Agreement without, in each case, the prior written consent of Landlord.
          (c) Upon prior written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall permit such persons as Landlord may designate (“ Site Reviewers ”) to visit the Leased Premises and perform, as agents of Tenant, environmental site investigations and assessments (“ Site Assessments ”) on the Leased Premises (i) in connection with any sale, financing or refinancing of the Leased Premises, (ii) within the six month period prior to the expiration of the Term, (iii) if required by Lender or the terms of any credit facility to which Landlord is bound, (iv) if an Event of Default exists, or (v) at any other time that, in the opinion of Landlord or Lender, a reasonable basis exists to believe that an Environmental Violation or any condition that could reasonably be expected to result in any Environmental Violation exists. Such Site Assessments may include both above and below the ground testing for Environmental Violations and such other tests as may be necessary, in the opinion of the Site Reviewers, to conduct the Site Assessments. Tenant shall supply to the Site Reviewers such historical and operational information regarding the Leased Premises as may be reasonably requested by the Site Reviewers to facilitate the Site Assessments, and shall make available for meetings with the Site Reviewers appropriate personnel having knowledge of such matters. The cost of performing and reporting Site Assessments (A) under clause (i), if the sale is to Tenant or an affiliate or designee of Tenant, (B) under clause (ii), but only one time, and (C) under clauses (iv) and (v), but only if an Environmental Violation is actually discovered, shall be paid by Tenant; and in all other instances shall be paid by Landlord. Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant, in each case, to minimize any interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Leased Premises during any period of time that the Site Reviewers have entered the Leased Premises as set forth herein.
          (d) If an Environmental Violation occurs or is found to exist and, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the cost of remediation of, or other response action with respect to, the same is likely to exceed the Threshold Amount, Tenant shall provide to Landlord, within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s request therefor, adequate financial assurances that Tenant will effect such remediation in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws. Such financial assurances shall be a bond or letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to Landlord in form and substance and in an amount equal to or greater than Landlord’s reasonable estimate, based upon a Site Assessment performed pursuant to Paragraph 10(c), of the anticipated cost of such remedial action.
          (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, if an Environmental Violation occurs or is found to exist and the Term would otherwise terminate or expire, then, at the option of Landlord, the Term shall be automatically extended beyond the date of termination or expiration and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect (except that Tenant shall have no obligation to remain in physical occupancy of the Leased Premises) beyond such date until the earlier to occur of (i) the completion of all remedial action in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws or (ii) the date specified in a written notice from Landlord to Tenant terminating this Lease.

-17-


 

          (f) If Tenant fails to correct any Environmental Violation which occurs or is found to exist, Landlord shall have the right (but no obligation) to take any and all actions as Landlord shall deem necessary or advisable in order to cure such Environmental Violation.
          (g) Tenant shall notify Landlord immediately after becoming aware of any Environmental Violation (or alleged Environmental Violation) or noncompliance with any of the covenants contained in this Paragraph 10 and shall forward to Landlord immediately upon receipt thereof copies of all orders, reports, notices, permits, applications or other communications relating to any such violation or noncompliance.
          (h) All future leases, subleases or concession agreements relating to the Leased Premises entered into by Tenant shall contain covenants of the other party not to at any time (i) cause any Environmental Violation to occur or (ii) permit any Person occupying the Leased Premises through said subtenant or concessionaire to cause any Environmental Violation to occur.
     11.  Liens; Recording .
          (a) Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, create or permit to be created or to remain and shall promptly discharge or remove any lien, levy or encumbrance on any of the Leased Premises or on any Rent or any other sums payable by Tenant under this Lease, other than any Mortgage or Assignment, the Permitted Encumbrances and any mortgage, lien, encumbrance or other charge created by or resulting solely from any act or omission of Landlord. NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LABOR, SERVICES OR MATERIALS FURNISHED OR TO BE FURNISHED TO TENANT OR TO ANYONE HOLDING OR OCCUPYING ANY OF THE LEASED PREMISES THROUGH OR UNDER TENANT, AND THAT NO MECHANICS’ OR OTHER LIENS FOR ANY SUCH LABOR, SERVICES OR MATERIALS SHALL ATTACH TO OR AFFECT THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN AND TO ANY OF THE LEASED PREMISES. LANDLORD MAY AT ANY TIME, AND AT LANDLORD’S REQUEST TENANT SHALL PROMPTLY, POST ANY NOTICES ON THE LEASED PREMISES REGARDING SUCH NON-LIABILITY OF LANDLORD.
          (b) Tenant shall execute, deliver and record, file or register (collectively,“ record ”) all such instruments as may be required or permitted by any present or future Law in order to evidence the respective interests of Landlord and Tenant in the Leased Premises, and shall cause a memorandum of this Lease (or, if such a memorandum cannot be recorded, this Lease), and any supplement hereto or thereto, to be recorded in such manner and in such places as may be required or permitted by any present or future Law in order to protect the validity and priority of this Lease.
     12.  Maintenance and Repair .
          (a) Tenant shall at all times maintain the Leased Premises in as good repair and appearance as they are in on the Final Completion Date, except for ordinary wear and tear, and fit to be used for their intended use in accordance with the better of the practices generally recognized as then acceptable by other companies in its industry or observed by Tenant with

-18-


 

respect to the other real properties owned or operated by it, and, in the case of the Equipment, in as good mechanical condition as it was on the later of the Final Completion Date or the date of its installation, except for ordinary wear and tear. Tenant shall take every other action necessary or appropriate for the preservation and safety of the Leased Premises. Tenant shall promptly make all Alterations of every kind and nature, whether foreseen or unforeseen, which may be required to comply with the foregoing requirements of this Paragraph 12(a). Landlord shall not be required to make any Alteration, whether foreseen or unforeseen, or to maintain any of the Leased Premises in any way, and Tenant hereby expressly waives any right which may be provided for in any Law now or hereafter in effect to make Alterations at the expense of Landlord or to require Landlord to make Alterations. Any Alteration made by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 12 shall be made in conformity with the provisions of Paragraph 13.
          (b) If any Improvement, now or hereafter constructed, shall (i) encroach upon any setback or any property, street or right-of-way adjoining the Leased Premises, (ii) violate the provisions of any restrictive covenant affecting the Leased Premises, (iii) hinder or obstruct any easement or right-of-way to which any of the Leased Premises is subject or (iv) impair the rights of others in, to or under any of the foregoing, Tenant shall, promptly after receiving notice or otherwise acquiring knowledge thereof, either (A) obtain from all necessary parties waivers or settlements of all claims, liabilities and damages resulting from each such encroachment, violation, hindrance, obstruction or impairment, whether the same shall affect Landlord, Tenant or both, or (B) take such action as shall be necessary to remove all such encroachments, hindrances or obstructions and to end all such violations or impairments, including, if necessary, making Alterations.

-19-


 

     13.  Alterations and Improvements .
          (a) Tenant shall have the right, without having obtained the prior written consent of Landlord and Lender and provided that no Event of Default then exists, (i) to make non-structural Alterations or a series of related non-structural Alterations within any consecutive twelve (12) month period that, as to any such Alterations or series of related Alterations within any consecutive twelve (12) month period, do not cost in excess of the Threshold Amount and (ii) to install Equipment in the Improvements or accessions to the Equipment within any consecutive twelve (12) month period that, as to such Equipment or accessions, do not cost in excess of the Threshold Amount, so long as at the time of construction or installation of any such Alterations or Equipment no Event of Default exists and the value and utility of the Leased Premises is not diminished thereby. If (i) the cost of any non-structural Alterations, series of related non-structural Alterations, Equipment or accessions thereto within any consecutive twelve (12) month period is in excess of the Threshold Amount, (ii) Tenant desires to make structural Alterations to the Leased Premises, or (iii) Tenant desires to construct upon the Land any additional buildings, then in each case, the prior written consent of Landlord shall be required; provided that; Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent to any Alternations above the Threshold Amount, so long as value and/or utility of the Leased Premises is not diminished thereby. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove any Alterations except for those Alterations required by Law or expressly permitted hereunder without Landlord’s consent, or for which Landlord has agreed in writing that removal will not be required.
          (b) If Tenant makes any Alterations pursuant to this Paragraph 13 or as required by Paragraph 12 or 17 (such Alterations and actions being hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Work ”), whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, then (i) the market value of the Leased Premises shall not be lessened by any such Work or its usefulness impaired, (ii) all such Work shall be performed by Tenant in a good and workmanlike manner, (iii) all such Work shall be expeditiously completed in compliance with all Legal Requirements, (iv) all such Work shall comply with the Insurance Requirements, (v) if any such Work involves the replacement of Equipment or parts thereto, all replacement Equipment or parts shall have a value and useful life equal to the greater of (A) the value and useful life on the Final Completion Date of the Equipment being replaced or (B) the value and useful life of the Equipment being replaced immediately prior to the occurrence of the event which required its replacement (assuming such replaced Equipment was then in the condition required by this Lease), (vi) Tenant shall promptly discharge or remove all liens filed against any of the Leased Premises arising out of such Work, (vii) Tenant shall procure and pay for all permits and licenses required in connection with any such Work, (viii) all such Work shall be the property of Landlord and shall be subject to this Lease, and Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord any document requested by Landlord evidencing the assignment to Landlord of all estate, right, title and interest (other than the leasehold estate created hereby) of Tenant or any other Person thereto or therein, and (ix) Tenant shall comply, to the extent requested by Landlord or required by this Lease, with the provisions of Paragraphs 12(a) and 19(a), whether or not such Work involves restoration of the Leased Premises.
     14.  Permitted Contests . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall not be required to (a) pay any Imposition, (b) comply with any Legal Requirement, (c)

-20-


 

discharge or remove any lien referred to in Paragraph 11 or 13 or (d) take any action with respect to any encroachment, violation, hindrance, obstruction or impairment referred to in Paragraph 12(b) (such non-compliance with the terms hereof being hereinafter referred to collectively as “Permitted Violations”) and may dispute or contest the same, so long as at the time of such contest no other Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing and so long as Tenant shall contest, in good faith, the existence, amount or validity thereof, the amount of the damages caused thereby, or the extent of its or Landlord’s liability therefor by appropriate proceedings which shall operate during the pendency thereof to prevent or stay (i) the collection of, or other realization upon, the Permitted Violation so contested, (ii) the sale, forfeiture or loss of any of the Leased Premises or any Rent to satisfy or to pay any damages caused by any Permitted Violation, (iii) any interference with the use or occupancy of any of the Leased Premises, (iv) any interference with the payment of any Rent, or (v) the cancellation or increase in the rate of any insurance policy or a statement by the carrier that coverage will be denied or (vi) the enforcement or execution of any injunction, order or Legal Requirement with respect to the Permitted Violation. Tenant shall provide Landlord security which is satisfactory, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, to assure that such Permitted Violation is corrected, including all Costs, interest and penalties that may be incurred or become due in connection therewith. While any proceedings which comply with the requirements of this Paragraph 14 are pending and the required security is held by Landlord, Landlord shall not have the right to correct any Permitted Violation thereby being contested unless Landlord is required by law to correct such Permitted Violation and Tenant’s contest does not prevent or stay such requirement as to Landlord. Each such contest shall be promptly and diligently prosecuted by Tenant to a final conclusion, except that Tenant, so long as the conditions of this Paragraph 14 are at all times complied with, has the right to attempt to settle or compromise such contest through negotiations. Tenant shall pay any and all losses, judgments, decrees and Costs in connection with any such contest and shall, promptly after the final determination of such contest, fully pay and discharge the amounts which shall be levied, assessed, charged or imposed or be determined to be payable therein or in connection therewith, together with all penalties, fines, interest and Costs thereof or in connection therewith, and perform all acts the performance of which shall be ordered or decreed as a result thereof. No such contest shall subject Landlord to the risk of any civil or criminal liability.
     15.  Indemnification .
          (a) Tenant shall pay, protect, indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless Landlord, Lender and all other Persons described in Paragraph 30 (each an “ Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages (including punitive damages), penalties, Costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs), causes of action, suits, claims, demands or judgments of any nature whatsoever, howsoever caused, without regard to the form of action and whether based on strict liability, negligence or any other theory of recovery at law or in equity arising from (i) any matter pertaining to the acquisition (or the negotiations leading thereto), ownership, use, non-use, occupancy or operation or condition, design or construction, maintenance, repair or restoration of the Leased Premises, (ii) any casualty in any manner arising from the Leased Premises, whether or not Indemnitee has or should have knowledge or notice of any defect or condition causing or contributing to said casualty, (iii) any violation by Tenant of any provision of this Lease, any contract or agreement to which Tenant is a party, any Legal Requirement or any Permitted Encumbrance or any encumbrance Tenant consented to or the Mortgage or

-21-


 

Assignment or (iv) any alleged, threatened or actual Environmental Violation, including (A) liability for response costs and for costs of removal and remedial action incurred by the United States Government, any state or local governmental unit or any other Person, or damages from injury to or destruction or loss of natural resources, including the reasonable costs of assessing such injury, destruction or loss, incurred pursuant to Section 107 of CERCLA, or any successor section or act or provision of any similar state or local Law, (B) liability for costs and expenses of abatement, correction or clean-up, fines, damages, response costs or penalties which arise from the provisions of any of the other Environmental Laws and (C) liability for personal injury or property damage arising under any statutory or common-law tort theory, including damages assessed for the maintenance of a public or private nuisance or for carrying on of a dangerous activity; provided that, the foregoing indemnification obligations shall not be applicable to any Claim resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord (it being further agreed that for purposes of this Paragraph 15, as between Landlord and Tenant, in no event shall any omission or failure to act on the part of Landlord, or Landlord’s mere absence from the Leased Premises or failure to be aware of any condition thereat, be deemed to constitute gross negligence).
          (b) In case any action or proceeding is brought against any Indemnitee by reason of any such claim, (i) Tenant may, except in the event of a conflict of interest or a dispute between Tenant and any such Indemnitee or during the continuance of an Event of Default, retain its own counsel and defend such action (it being understood that Landlord may employ counsel of its choice to monitor the defense of any such action, the actual and reasonable cost of which shall be paid by Tenant) and (ii) such Indemnitee shall notify Tenant to resist or defend such action or proceeding by retaining counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee, and such Indemnitee will cooperate and assist in the defense of such action or proceeding if reasonably requested so to do by Tenant. In the event of a conflict of interest or dispute or during the continuance of an Event of Default, Landlord shall have the right to select counsel,and the cost of such counsel shall by paid by Tenant.
          (c) The obligations of Tenant under this Paragraph 15 shall survive any termination, expiration or rejection in bankruptcy of this Lease.
     16.  Insurance .
          (a) Tenant shall maintain or cause to be maintained the following insurance on or in connection with the Leased Premises:
               (i) Insurance against all risk of physical loss or damage to the Improvements and Equipment as provided under “Special Causes of Loss” form coverage, and including customarily excluded perils of hail, windstorm, flood coverage, earthquake and, to the extent required by Lender, terrorism insurance, in amounts no less than the actual replacement cost of the Improvements and Equipment; provided that, if Tenant’s insurance company is unable or unwilling to include any of all of such excluded perils, Tenant shall have the option of purchasing coverage against such perils from another insurer on a “Difference in Conditions” form or through a stand-alone policy. Such policies shall contain Replacement Cost and Agreed Amount Endorsements, and “Law and Ordinance” coverage (with commercially reasonable limits consistent with coverages then customarily required by prudent institutional landlords or

-22-


 

lenders for properties similarly situated). Such policies and endorsements shall contain deductibles not more than $100,000 per occurrence.
               (ii) Commercial General Liability Insurance and Business Automobile Liability Insurance (including Non-Owned and Hired Automobile Liability) against claims for personal and bodily injury, death or property damage occurring on, in or as a result of the use of the Leased Premises, in an amount not less than $15,000,000 per occurrence/annual aggregate, on a claims occurrence basis and containing a deductible of not more than $350,000 per occurrence, or such lower deductible as shall be required by Lender (but in no event less than $250,000).
               (iii) Workers’ compensation and employers’ liability insurance covering all persons employed by Tenant in connection with any work done on or about any of the Leased Premises.
               (iv) Comprehensive Boiler and Machinery Insurance on any of the Equipment or any other equipment on or in the Leased Premises, in an amount not less than $5,000,000 per accident for damage to property (and which may be carried as part of the coverage required under clause (i) above or pursuant to a separate policy or endorsement). Either such Boiler and Machinery policy or the Special Causes of Loss policy required in clause (i) above shall include at least $1,000,000 per incidence for Off-Premises Service Interruption and Expediting Expenses and may contain a deductible not to exceed $100,000.
               (v) Business Income/Extra Expense Insurance at limits sufficient to cover 100% of the period of indemnity not less than twelve (12) months from time of loss.
               (vi) During the construction of the Improvements and during any period in which substantial Alterations at the Leased Premises are being undertaken, builder’s risk insurance covering the total completed value, including all hard and soft costs (which shall include business interruption coverage) with respect to the Improvements being constructed, altered or repaired (on a completed value, non-reporting basis), replacement cost of work performed and equipment, supplies and materials furnished in connection with such construction, alteration or repair of Improvements or Equipment, together with such other endorsements as Landlord may reasonably require, and general liability, worker’s compensation and automobile liability insurance with respect to the Improvements being constructed, altered or repaired.
               (vii) Such other insurance (or other terms with respect to any insurance required pursuant to this Paragraph 16, including without limitation amounts of coverage, deductibles, form of mortgagee clause) on or in connection with any of the Leased Premises as Landlord or Lender may reasonably require; provided such coverages are consistent as to types and amounts, with coverages then customarily required by prudent institutional landlords or lenders for properties similarly situated. In addition, with respect to the insurance coverages required to be maintained pursuant to clauses (i) through (vi) of this Paragraph 16(a), Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with those of prudent owners of institutional quality commercial real estate, to maintain insurance coverage against any loss, damage or injury resulting from acts of terrorism.

-23-


 

          (b) The insurance required by Paragraph 16(a) shall be written by companies having a Best’s rating of A:X or above and a claims paying ability rating of AA or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of the McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. or equivalent rating agency approved by Landlord and Lender in their sole discretion and are authorized to write insurance policies by, the State Insurance Department (or its equivalent) for the State. The insurance policies (i) shall be for such terms as Landlord may reasonably approve and (ii) shall be in amounts sufficient at all times to satisfy any coinsurance requirements thereof. If said insurance or any part thereof shall expire, be withdrawn, become void, voidable, unreliable or unsafe for any reason, including a breach of any condition thereof by Tenant or the failure or impairment of the capital of any insurer, or if for any other reason whatsoever said insurance shall become reasonably unsatisfactory to Landlord, Tenant shall immediately obtain new or additional insurance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.
          (c) Each insurance policy referred to in clauses (i), (iv), (v) and (vi) of Paragraph 16(a) shall contain standard non-contributory mortgagee clauses in favor of and acceptable to Lender. Each policy required by any provision of Paragraph 16(a), except clause (iii) thereof, shall provide that it may not be cancelled, substantially modified or allowed to lapse on any renewal date except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord and Lender.
          (d) Tenant shall pay as they become due all premiums for the insurance required by Paragraph 16(a), shall renew or replace each policy and deliver to Landlord evidence of the payment of the full premium therefor or installment then due at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration date of such policy, and shall promptly deliver to Landlord all original certificates of insurance or, if required by Lender, original or certified policies. All certificates of insurance (including liability coverage) provided to Landlord and Lender shall be on ACORD Form 27 (or its equivalent).
          (e) Anything in this Paragraph 16 to the contrary notwithstanding, any insurance which Tenant is required to obtain pursuant to Paragraph 16(a) may be carried under a “blanket” policy or policies covering other properties of Tenant or under an “umbrella” policy or policies covering other liabilities of Tenant, as applicable; provided that, such blanket or umbrella policy or policies otherwise comply with the provisions of this Paragraph 16, and upon request, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a Statement of Values which may be reviewed annually and shall be amended to the extent determined necessary by Landlord based on revised Replacement Cost Valuations. The original or a certified copy of each such blanket or umbrella policy shall promptly be delivered to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder (other than Workers’ compensation and employers’ liability insurance under item (a) (iii) above) may be maintained, in whole or in part, under a plan of self-insurance; provided that and only so long as (1) Tenant is not under bankruptcy protection, (2) Tenant’s senior secured debt has a rating of at least AA (or such lower rating as shall be acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion) by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of the McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. or equivalent rating agency approved by Landlord and Lender in their sole discretion, and (3) Tenant’s tangible net worth exceeds Two Hundred Million Dollars ($200,000,000) as shown in its most recent audited financial statement, or if Tenant’s financial statements are reported on a consolidated basis with a parent corporation, then as certified by an officer of Tenant. Any proceeds to be made available or payable by Tenant under a program of self-insurance shall be payable in the same manner and

-24-


 

to or for the benefit of the same party as a third party insurer’s proceeds under the provisions of Paragraph (h) below and the other provisions of this Paragraph 16, and shall be paid into, held, and disbursed from, the Restoration Fund, as and when applicable, in accordance with Paragraph 19 hereof. If Tenant shall, at any time subsequent to the institution of a self-insurance program hereunder, fail to meet the criteria contained in any one or more of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, then Tenant shall, within five (5) days of written demand from Landlord, provide Landlord with written evidence (including appropriate ACORD certificates) that Tenant has obtained and shall keep in effect third party insurance coverage meeting the requirements of this Paragraph 16.
          (f) Tenant shall not carry separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of a Casualty with that required in this Paragraph 16 unless (i) Landlord and Lender are included therein as named insureds, with loss payable as provided herein, and (ii) such separate insurance complies with the other provisions of this Paragraph 16. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of such separate insurance and shall deliver to Landlord the original policies or certified copies thereof.
          (g) Each policy (other than workers’ compensation coverage) shall contain an effective waiver by the carrier against all claims for payment of insurance premiums against Landlord and shall contain a full waiver of subrogation against the Landlord.
          (h) The insurance referred to in Paragraphs 16(a)(i), 16(a)(iv) and 16(a)(vi) shall name Landlord as loss payee and Lender as loss payee and mortgagee, and Tenant as its interest may appear. The insurance referred to in Paragraph 16(a)(ii) shall name Landlord and Lender as additional insureds, and the insurance referred to in Paragraph 16(a)(v) shall name Landlord as insured and Lender and Landlord as loss payee to the extent of the Rent payable to or for the benefit of Landlord as its interest appears under the Lease. The proceeds of any insurance required under Paragraph 16(a) shall be payable as follows:
               (i) proceeds payable under clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of Paragraph 16(a) and proceeds attributable to the general liability coverage of Builder’s Risk insurance under clause (vi) of Paragraph 16(a) shall be payable to the Person entitled to receive such proceeds; and
               (ii) proceeds of insurance required under clause (i) of Paragraph 16(a) and proceeds attributable to Builder’s Risk insurance (other than its general liability coverage provisions) under clause (vi) of Paragraph 16(a) shall be payable and applied as set forth in Paragraph 17 or, if applicable, Paragraph 18. Tenant shall apply the Net Award to restoration of the Leased Premises in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Lease unless a Termination Event shall have occurred and Tenant has given a Termination Notice.
     17.  Casualty and Condemnation .
          (a) If any substantial Casualty to the Leased Premises occurs, Tenant shall give Landlord and Lender prompt notice thereof. If the insurance proceeds for such Casualty are reasonably estimated by Tenant to be less than the Threshold Amount, then so long as no Event of Default shall then exist, Tenant is hereby authorized to adjust, collect and compromise all claims under any of the insurance policies required by Paragraph 16(a) (except public liability

-25-


 

insurance claims payable to a Person other than Tenant, Landlord or Lender) and to execute and deliver on behalf of Landlord all necessary proofs of loss, receipts, vouchers and releases required by the insurers. If the insurance proceeds are reasonably estimated by Tenant to be in excess of the Threshold Amount, Tenant shall be entitled to enter into negotiations to adjust, collect or compromise any claim of the Net Award payable in connection with a Casualty and Landlord may participate in such negotiations with Tenant therein; provided that, any final adjustment, settlement or compromise of any such claim shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), but in any event, Landlord shall have the right to prosecute or contest, or to require Tenant to prosecute or contest, any such claim, adjustment, settlement or compromise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default exists, Tenant shall not be entitled to adjust, collect or compromise any claim or to participate with Landlord in any adjustment, collection and compromise of any Net Award payable in connection with a Casualty except upon the express prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be granted or withheld by Landlord in its sole discretion. Nevertheless, Landlord shall, in any event, have the right to prosecute or contest, or to require Tenant to prosecute or contest, any such claim, adjustment, settlement or compromise. Tenant agrees to sign, upon the request of Landlord, all such proofs of loss, receipts, vouchers and releases. If the Net Award is in excess of the Threshold Amount or an Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, each insurer is hereby authorized and directed to make payment under said policies, including return of unearned premiums, directly to Landlord or, if required by the Mortgage, to Lender instead of to Landlord and Tenant jointly, and Tenant hereby appoints each of Landlord and Lender as Tenant’s attorneys-in-fact to endorse any draft therefor. The rights of Landlord under this Paragraph 17(a) shall be extended to Lender if and to the extent that any Mortgage so provides.
          (b) Tenant, immediately upon receiving a Condemnation Notice, shall notify Landlord and Lender thereof. So long as no Event of Default exists, Tenant is authorized to collect, settle and compromise the amount of any Net Award and Landlord shall have the right to participate in such negotiations with Tenant. If an Event of Default exists, Landlord shall be authorized to collect, settle and compromise the amount of any Net Award and Tenant shall not be entitled to participate with Landlord in any Condemnation proceeding or negotiations under threat thereof or to contest the Condemnation or the amount of the Net Award therefor. No final or binding agreement with any condemnor in settlement or under threat of any Condemnation shall be made by Tenant without the written consent of Landlord. Subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 17(b), Tenant hereby irrevocably assigns to Landlord any award or payment to which Tenant is or may be entitled by reason of any Condemnation, whether the same shall be paid or payable for Tenant’s leasehold interest hereunder or otherwise; but nothing in this Lease shall impair Tenant’s right to any award or payment on account of Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment or other tangible property which is not part of the Equipment, moving expenses or loss of business, if available, to the extent that and so long as (i) Tenant shall have the right to make, and does make, a separate claim therefor against the condemnor and (ii) such claim does not in any way reduce either the amount of the award otherwise payable to Landlord for the Condemnation of Landlord’s fee interest in the Leased Premises or the amount of the award (if any) otherwise payable for the Condemnation of Tenant’s leasehold interest hereunder. The rights of Landlord under this Paragraph 17(b) shall also be extended to Lender if and to the extent that any Mortgage so provides.

-26-


 

          (c) Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 18(a) with respect to a Termination Event, if any Casualty (whether or not insured against) or Condemnation shall occur, this Lease shall continue notwithstanding such event, and there shall be no abatement or reduction of any Monetary Obligations. Promptly after such Casualty or Partial Condemnation, Tenant, as required in Paragraphs 12(a) and 13(b), shall commence and diligently continue to restore the Leased Premises as nearly as possible to their value, condition and character immediately prior to such event (assuming the Leased Premises to have been in condition required by this Lease) whether or not the Net Award is sufficient therefor. So long as no Event of Default exists, any Net Award up to and including the Threshold Amount shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant and Tenant shall restore the Leased Premises in accordance with the requirements of Paragraphs 12(a) and 13(b) of this Lease. Any Net Award in excess of the Threshold Amount (or an amount equal to the amount of the Net Award that would have otherwise been made available in the Restoration Fund if same had not been applied by Lender under the terms of the Mortgage), shall be made available by Landlord (or Lender, if required by the terms of any Mortgage) to Tenant for the restoration of any of the Leased Premises pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 19 hereof. If any Condemnation which is not a Partial Condemnation shall occur, Tenant shall comply with the terms and conditions of Paragraph 18.
          (d) In the event of a Requisition of any of the Leased Premises, if any Net Award payable by reason of such Requisition is (i) retained by Landlord, each installment of Basic Rent payable on or after the date on which the Net Award is paid to Landlord shall be reduced by a fraction, the denominator of which shall be the total amount of all Basic Rent due from such date to and including the last Basic Rent Payment Date for the then existing Term and the numerator of which shall be the amount of such Net Award retained by Landlord, or (ii) paid to Lender, then each installment of Basic Rent thereafter payable shall be reduced in the same amount and for the same period as payments are reduced under the Note until such Net Award has been applied in full or until the Term has expired, whichever first occurs.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, if the Leased Premises suffer a Material Casualty at any time during the last two (2) years of the Term of this Lease (including any exercised or deemed exercised Renewal Term), then, in any such event, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice thereof given to Landlord in accordance with Paragraph 18(b), within ten (10) days after the Damage Determination Date. As used herein (i) a “ Material Casualty ” shall mean any casualty wherein the estimated cost of the rebuilding, restoration and/or repair of the Leased Premises in accordance with this Lease exceeds 50% of the estimated true valuation of the Leased Premises as then determined by the tax assessor’s office having jurisdiction over the Leased Premises, and (ii) the “ Damage Determination Date ” shall mean the date that a good faith written determination of the estimated cost of the rebuilding, restoration or repair, as the case may be, of the Leased Premised by a duly licensed and regionally or nationally recognized architectural or engineering consultant selected by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord is delivered to Tenant and Landlord, but in no event more than ninety (90) days after the date that the casualty in question occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to terminate this Lease under this Paragraph 17(e) and Paragraph 18 if (x) at the time of such Material Casualty the insurance coverage required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease has been cancelled, terminated, lapsed or is otherwise unavailable for any reason, or if for any other reason such Material Casualty is an uninsured event or (y) the Net Award available from the insurer (together with any sum that Tenant commits in writing to pay to Landlord (or at Landlord’s direction) is not

-27-


 

sufficient to pay and satisfy in full the outstanding principal balance and scheduled interest under the first mortgage Loan encumbering the Leased Premises.
     18.  Termination Events .
          (a) If (i) a Material Casualty shall occur under the provisions of Paragraph 17(e) above and pursuant to the terms thereof Tenant is entitled to terminate this Lease, (ii) the entire Leased Premises shall be taken by a Taking, or (iii) any substantial portion of the Leased Premises shall be taken by a Taking and, in any such case under this clause (iii), Tenant certifies and covenants to Landlord that the nature and/or extent of the Taking renders the continued operation of Tenant’s business at the Leased Premises for the uses permitted and intended under this Lease no longer economically practicable at the remaining portion of Leased Premises (each of the events described in the above clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall hereinafter be referred to as a“ Termination Event ”), then, Tenant shall (x) within sixty (60) days after Tenant receives a Condemnation Notice, or (y) in the case of a Material Casualty, within the time period proscribed in Paragraph 17(e), give to Landlord written notice in the form described in Paragraph 18(b) of the Tenant’s election to terminate this Lease (a “ Termination Notice ”), and if Tenant fails to timely deliver, or otherwise elects not to give, the Termination Notice to Landlord, then Tenant shall rebuild, restore or repair, as applicable, the Leased Premises in accordance with Paragraphs 17 and 19 (except in the case of total Taking under clause (ii) above) and, in any event, all Monetary Obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall continue unabated.
          (b) A Termination Notice under clauses (ii) or (iii) of Paragraph 18(a) above shall contain (1) notice of Tenant’s intention to terminate this Lease on the first Basic Rent Payment Date which occurs at least thirty (30) days after the date that Landlord and Tenant are required to vacate and surrender the Leased Premises or portion thereof to or at the direction of the condemning authority (such date, the “ Termination Date ”), (2) a binding and irrevocable offer of Tenant to pay to Landlord the Termination Fee, and (3) if the Termination Event is an event described in Paragraph 18(a)(iii), the certification described therein and a certified resolution of the Board of Directors of Tenant authorizing the same. A Termination Notice under clause (i) only of Paragraph 18(a) above shall contain (1) notice of Tenant’s intention to terminate this Lease on the first Basic Rent Payment Date which occurs at least thirty (30) days after the Damage Determination Date (such date, also a “ Termination Date ”) and (2) a binding and irrevocable assignment of the Net Award payable as a result of such Material Casualty.
          (c) If Landlord shall timely receive the Termination Notice pursuant to Paragraph 18(b), then this Lease shall terminate on the Termination Date; provided that, Tenant has paid the Termination Fee, if applicable, and, if Tenant has not satisfied all Monetary Obligations and all other obligations and liabilities under this Lease which have arisen on or prior to the Termination Date (collectively, “ Remaining Obligations ”) on the Termination Date, then Landlord may, at its option, extend the date on which this Lease shall terminate to a date which is no later than the first Basic Rent Payment Date after date on which Tenant has satisfied all Remaining Obligations (including the payment of the Termination Fee or receipt of the Net Award in the case of Material Casualty, as the case may be) regardless of the fact that Tenant is no longer in physical possession of all or any part of the Leased Premises. Upon such termination (i) all obligations of Tenant hereunder shall terminate except for any Surviving Obligations, (ii) Tenant shall immediately vacate and shall have no further right, title or interest

-28-


 

in or to any of the Leased Premises and (iii) the Net Award shall be payable to and retained by Landlord (and to the extent necessary to carry out the intent of this Paragraph, Tenant shall assign to Landlord Tenant’s entire interest in and to any of the Net Award, if such assignment shall not have already occurred).
          (d) Unless Tenant shall have timely delivered the Termination Notice, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE, Tenant shall be conclusively presumed to have elected to continue this Lease and to rebuild, restore or repair the Leased Premises in accordance with Paragraphs 17 and 19
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event of a Termination Event under clause (ii) or (iii) of Paragraph 18(a) above, if (x) the amount of the applicable Termination Fee paid by Tenant to Landlord plus (y) the amount of the Net Award payable to Landlord by the condemning authority ((x) plus (y), hereinafter referred to as the “ Net Aggregate Fee ”) exceeds $29,000,000.00, then Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Net Award from the condemning authority, refund to Tenant a sum equal to the amount by which the Net Aggregate Fee exceeds $29,000,000; provided that, such refund shall in no event exceed the amount of the Termination Fee actually paid by Tenant, even if the Net Award alone exceeds $29,000,000. The provisions of this Paragraph 18(e) shall survive the termination of this Lease
     19.  Restoration .
          (a) If any Net Award is in excess of the Threshold Amount, then the portion thereof below the Threshold Amount shall be paid to Tenant as per Paragraph 17(a) (to be used for the preservation and/or repair of the Leased Premises), and Landlord (or Lender if required by any Mortgage) shall hold the entire remaining balance of the Net Award in excess of such Threshold Amount in a fund (the “ Restoration Fund ”) and disburse amounts from the Restoration Fund only in accordance with the following conditions:
               (i) prior to commencement of restoration, (A) the architects, contracts, contractors, and a budget for the restoration shall have been approved by Landlord, (B) in the event that the planned restoration shall deviate in any material respect from the Leased Premises as they existed immediately prior to the Casualty or Condemnation, as applicable, the plans and specifications shall have been approved by Landlord, (C) Landlord and Lender shall be provided with, if requested in writing by Landlord at the time in question, acceptable performance and payment bonds which insure satisfactory completion of and payment for the restoration, are in an amount acceptable to Landlord and in form and have a surety reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and name Landlord and Lender as additional dual obligees, and (C) appropriate waivers of mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens shall have been obtained or filed (to the extent permitted by applicable Laws);
               (ii) at the time of any disbursement, no Event of Default shall exist and no mechanics’ or materialmen’s liens shall have been filed against any of the Leased Premises and remain undischarged;

-29-


 

               (iii) disbursements shall be made from time to time (but not more frequently then every thirty (30) days) in an amount not exceeding the cost of the work completed since the last disbursement, and not later than fifteen (15) days following Landlord’s receipt of each of the following (A) satisfactory evidence, including architects’ certificates, of the stage of completion, the estimated total cost of completion and performance of the work to date in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the contracts, plans and specifications, (B) waivers of liens, (C) contractors’ and subcontractors’ sworn statements as to completed work and the cost thereof for which payment is requested, (D) a satisfactory bringdown of title insurance or continuation of searches indicating no intervening liens or encumbrances, including mechanics’ liens and (E) other evidence of cost and payment so that Landlord can verify that the amounts disbursed from time to time are represented by work that is completed, in place and free and clear of mechanics’ and materialmen’s lien claims;
               (iv) each request for disbursement shall be accompanied by a certificate of Tenant, signed by an authorized officer of Tenant, describing the work for which payment is requested, stating the cost incurred in connection therewith, stating that Tenant has not previously received payment for such work and, upon completion of the work, also stating that the work has been substantially completed and complies with the applicable requirements of this Lease;
               (v) Landlord may retain ten percent (10%) of the restoration fund until the restoration is fully completed. Landlord shall pay to Tenant any remaining amount together with applicable interest of the Restoration Fund retained by Landlord within twenty (20) days following the date such Restoration is fully completed and Landlord has received written notice from Tenant stating that such Restoration has been completed;
               (vi) if the Restoration Fund is held by Landlord, the Restoration Fund shall not be commingled with Landlord’s other funds and shall bear interest at a rate agreed to by Landlord and Tenant; and
               (vii) such other reasonable conditions as Landlord or Lender may impose.
          (b) Prior to commencement of restoration and at any time during restoration, if the estimated cost of completing the restoration work free and clear of all liens, as reasonably determined by Landlord, exceeds the amount of the Net Award available for such restoration, the amount of such excess (the “ Restoration Deficiency ”) shall, upon demand by Landlord, be paid by Tenant to Landlord to be added to the Restoration Fund. Any sum so added by Tenant which remains in the Restoration Fund upon completion of restoration shall be refunded to Tenant. For purposes of determining the source of funds with respect to the disposition of funds remaining after the completion of restoration, the Net Award shall be deemed to be disbursed prior to any amount added by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Tenant shall demonstrate to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, that Tenant shall have adequate immediately available funds to pay for the Restoration Deficiency, Tenant shall not be required to pay such sums to Landlord to be added to the Restoration Fund but shall instead be obligated to pay for all Costs with respect to the restoration work as such Costs arise until such time as the estimated cost of completing the remaining restoration work free and clear of all liens, as

-30-


 

determined by Landlord, shall be equal to or less than the amount of the Net Award. Landlord or Lender, as applicable, shall have no obligation to disburse any sums from the Restoration Fund unless and until the estimated cost of completing the remaining restoration work free and clear of all liens, as determined by Landlord, shall be equal to or less than the amount of the Net Award.
          (c) Provided that no Event of Default shall then exist, if any sum remains in the Restoration Fund after completion of the restoration and any refund to Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 19(b), such sums shall be paid to Tenant.
     20.  Intentionally Omitted.
     21.  Assignment and Subletting. Prohibition Against Leasehold Financing.
          (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Paragraph 21, Tenant may not (i) assign this Lease, voluntarily or involuntarily, whether by operation of law or otherwise (including through merger or consolidation) to any Person other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tenant or a Credit Entity, or (ii) sublet any of the Leased Premises at any time to any other Person other than an Affiliate or a Credit Entity without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be granted or withheld by Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Paragraphs 21(b) or 21(c) below, as applicable; and subject, in each case, to the provisions of Paragraphs 21 (j) and 21(k) below. Any purported sublease or assignment in violation of this Paragraph 21 (including an Affiliate transaction in violation of the provisions of Paragraphs 21(j) or 21(k) below) shall be null and void. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 21, Tenant shall not have the right to assign this Lease (voluntarily or involuntarily, whether by operation of law or otherwise), or sublet any of the Leased Premises to any Person (including any Affiliate) at any time that an Event of Default beyond any applicable notice and cure period shall have occurred and then be continuing under this Lease. As used herein, a “Credit Entity” shall mean any Person that immediately following such assignment or subletting will have a publicly traded unsecured senior debt rating of “Baa3” or better from Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. or a rating of “BBB-” or better from Standard & Poor’s Corporation and not be on credit watch (or, if such Person does not then have rated debt, a determination that its unsecured senior debt would be so rated by such rating agencies), and in the event all of such rating agencies cease to furnish such ratings, then a comparable rating by any rating agency acceptable to Landlord and Lender.
          (b) (1) If Tenant desires to assign this Lease, whether by operation of law or otherwise, to a Person (“ Non-Preapproved Assignee ”) that is not a Credit Entity or wholly-owned subsidiary of Tenant (each a “Non-Preapproved Assignment”) then Tenant shall, not less than sixty (60) days prior to the date on which it desires to make a Non-Preapproved Assignment submit to Landlord and Lender information regarding the following with respect to the Non-Preapproved Assignee (collectively, the “ Review Criteria ”): (A) credit, (B) management, (C) operating history with respect to years of operation, payment patterns and care and maintenance of similar facilities owned or operated, (D) proposed use of the Leased Premises and (E) risk factors associated with the proposed use of the Leased Premises by the Non-Preapproved Assignee, taking into account factors such as environmental concerns, product liability and the like. Landlord and Lender shall review such information and shall approve or disapprove the Non-Preapproved Assignee no later than the thirtieth (30th) day following receipt of all such

-31-


 

information, and Landlord and Lender shall not unreasonably withhold or delay such consent based on their review of the Review Criteria. If a responsive notice is not given by Landlord to Tenant by the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, then such proposed Non-Preapproved Assignment shall be deemed approved (provided that no such deemed approval shall, in any instance, be deemed a consent to or approval of any purported release of Tenant hereunder from its obligations under this Lease).
          (2) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Paragraph 21(b)(l) above, if, as of the date of Tenant’s request to assign this Lease and on the effective date of such proposed assignment, Tenant is a Credit Entity and no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, then Landlord agrees that it shall consent to a proposed assignment to a Non-PreApproved Assignee unless (i) such Non-Preapproved Assignee’s proposed use of the Leased Premises or any material portion thereof is for a use other than a permitted use under Paragraph 4 hereof (or would otherwise be in violation of this Lease) or (ii) a primary or substantial portion of such proposed Non-Preapproved Assignee’s business operations at the Leased Premises or the nature of the good or products to be stored and/or distributed from any part of the Leased Premises (or the particular manner of use of the Leased Premises or any material part thereof), involves, Hazardous Materials, explosives or highly flammable products or materials, fertilizers and/or pesticides, or other per se dangerous activities, which in Landlord’s reasonable determination, does or could result in material increased risks (taking into account factors such as insurability, environmental concerns, product liability, death or injury to persons or property at the Leased Premises, or acts of terrorism). If a responsive notice is not given by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s request, then such proposed Non-Preapproved Assignment shall be deemed approved.
          (c) Tenant shall have the right, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord and Lender, but without the consent or approval of Landlord or Lender being required or necessary, to enter into (i) one or more subleases at the Leased Premises with a Credit Entity or an Affiliate of Tenant (but only for so long as such entity remains an Affiliate) and (ii) one or more subleases demising not more than fifty (50%) percent of the gross leasable area of the Improvements at the Leased Premises (each, a “ Preapproved Sublet ”). Other than pursuant to Preapproved Sublets, at no time during the Term shall Tenant sublease any of the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be granted or withheld based on a review of the Review Criteria as they relate to the proposed sublessee and the terms of the proposed sublease. If a responsive notice is not given by Landlord to Tenant by the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, then such proposed sublease shall be deemed approved.
          (d) If Tenant assigns all its rights and interest under this Lease, the assignee under such assignment shall expressly assume all the obligations of Tenant hereunder, actual or contingent, including obligations of Tenant which may have arisen on or prior to the date of such assignment, by a written instrument delivered to Landlord at the time of such assignment and shall also provide any certification reasonably required by Landlord related to the USA Patriot Act. Each sublease shall (A) be expressly subject and subordinate to this Lease and any Mortgage encumbering the Leased Premises; (B) not extend beyond the then current Term minus one day; (C) terminate upon any termination of this Lease, unless Landlord elects in writing, to

-32-


 

cause the sublessee to attorn to and recognize Landlord as the lessor under such sublease, whereupon such sublease shall continue as a direct lease between the sublessee and Landlord upon all the terms and conditions of such sublease; and (D) bind the sublessee to all covenants contained in Paragraphs 4(a), 10 and 12 with respect to subleased premises to the same extent as if the sublessee were the Tenant. No assignment or sublease shall affect or reduce any of the obligations of Tenant hereunder, and all such obligations shall continue in full force and effect as obligations of a principal and not as obligations of a guarantor, as if no assignment or sublease had been made. No assignment or sublease shall impose any additional obligations on Landlord under this Lease.
          (e) Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after the execution and delivery of any assignment or sublease, deliver a duplicate original copy thereof to Landlord which, in the event of an assignment, shall be in recordable form. With respect to any assignment to a wholly- owned subsidiary, Credit Entity or any Preapproved Sublet, Tenant shall provide to Landlord information reasonably required by Landlord to establish that the Person involved in any such proposed assignment or sublet satisfies the criteria set forth in this Lease.
          (f) As security for performance of its obligations under this Lease, Tenant hereby grants, conveys and assigns to Landlord all right, title and interest of Tenant in and to all subleases now in existence or hereafter entered into for any or all of the Leased Premises, any and all extensions, modifications and renewals thereof and all rents, issues and profits therefrom. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a license to collect and enjoy all rents and other sums of money payable under any sublease of any of the Leased Premises, provided, however, that Landlord shall have the absolute right at any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default to revoke said license and to collect such rents and sums of money and to retain the same. Tenant shall not consent to, cause or allow any modification or alteration of any of the terms, conditions or covenants of any of the subleases or the termination thereof, without the prior written approval of Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld nor shall Tenant accept any rents more than thirty (30) days in advance of the accrual thereof nor do nor permit anything to be done, the doing of which, nor omit or refrain from doing anything, the omission of which, will or could be a breach of or default in the terms of any of the subleases.
          (g) Tenant shall not have the power to mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber its interest under this Lease or any sublease of any of the Leased Premises, and any such mortgage, pledge or encumbrance made in violation of this Paragraph 21 shall be void and of no force and effect.
          (h) Landlord may sell or transfer the Leased Premises at any time without Tenant’s consent to any third party (each a “Third Party Purchaser”) other than a Competitor, In the event of any such transfer, Tenant shall attorn to any Third Party Purchaser as Landlord so long as such Third Party Purchaser and Landlord notify Tenant in writing of such transfer and such Third Party Purchaser agrees to recognize Tenant as its tenant under this Lease and accepts such transfer subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease and Tenant’s rights hereunder. At the request of Landlord, Tenant will execute such documents confirming the agreement referred to above and such other agreements as Landlord may reasonably request, provided that such agreements do not increase the liabilities and obligations of Tenant hereunder.

-33-


 

As used herein, the term “ Competitor ” shall mean a big box retailer or chain that primarily uses its retail locations for the sale, rental and/or distribution, either singly or in any combination of (i) health, fitness and/or exercise equipment; (ii) sporting goods; (iii) sporting equipment; and/or (iv) athletic footwear, including, without limitation, a sporting goods superstore, such as Sports Authority, Bass Pro, Cabellas, or Gander Mountain.
          (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 21, in the event that Tenant shall sublease all (but not less than all) of the Leased Premises to a Credit Entity, then Landlord shall obtain, for the benefit of such sublessee, a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“ SNDA ”) in form acceptable to the then existing Lender granting substantially the same benefits to Tenant as provided in Paragraph 32 hereof; provided, however, that such Lender may condition the delivery and effectiveness of such SNDA upon such sublessee’s agreement to pay (on a going-forward basis) the Schedule Basic Rent and Expansion Basic Rent set forth in this Lease (regardless of the fact that the actual sublease rent may be lower), and such sublessee’s agreement to pay and perform all of the other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, including, all Taxes and Impositions, utilities, maintenance and insurance (on a going-forward basis), in the event that this Lease is terminated as a result of an Event of Default by Tenant hereunder (or Tenant’s bankruptcy or insolvency, rejection of this Lease or otherwise, whether or not this Lease is terminated or such termination is stayed).
          (j) Tenant shall not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, sell or convey, transfer, abandon or lease all or substantially all of its assets (an “ Asset Transfer ”) to any Person, and any such Asset Transfer shall be deemed an assignment in violation of this Lease; except that, Tenant shall have the right conduct an Asset Transfer to a Person if the following conditions are met: (a) the Asset Transfer is to a Person that (i) immediately following such transaction or transactions, taken in the aggregate, is (or would be, on a pro forma basis) a Credit Entity, (ii) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tenant (but only for so long as such Person shall remain a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tenant) or (iii) is approved or deemed approved by Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 21(b) of this Lease, and (b) this Lease is assigned to such Person as a part of such Asset Transfer.
          (k) At no time during the Term shall any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended); pursuant to a single transaction or series of related transactions (i) acquire, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equitable and/or beneficial interests of Tenant or (ii) obtain the power (whether or not exercised) to elect a majority of the directors of Tenant or voting control of any partnership or limited liability company or other entity acting as its general partner or managing member (including through a merger or consolidation of Tenant with or into any other Person), unless the purchaser of such control or Person who acquires such voting power shall: (A) after taking into account the transaction that resulted in the acquisition of such control or voting power, be a Credit Entity and such Person shall enter into a guaranty satisfactory to Landlord pursuant to which it guarantees the payment and performance of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, or (B) be approved in writing by Landlord under the Review Criteria as a Non-Preapproved Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 21(b) above. Except as permitted in this Paragraph 21(k) above, any such change of control or voting power (by operation of law, merger, consolidation or otherwise) shall be deemed as an assignment of this Lease to a Non-Preapproved Assignee

-34-


 

(regardless of any Affiliate status of the proposed assignee) and the approval of Landlord and Lender shall be required as set forth in Paragraph 21(b) above and any consummation of such assignment absent such approval shall be in violation of this Lease; provided, however, that a deemed assignment pursuant to the transfer of the outstanding capital stock of Tenant shall not be deemed to include (i) the sale of such stock by persons or parties through the “over-the-counter market” or through any recognized stock exchange or (ii) any transfer of such stock by gift, bequest, devise or other non-remunerative transfer for tax and/or estate planning purposes to any Person that is a Family Member of Mr. Edward W. Stack (the current holder of a majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Tenant).
     22.  Events of Default.
          (a) The occurrence of any one or more of the following (after expiration of any applicable cure period as provided in Paragraph 22(b)) shall, at the sole option of Landlord, constitute an “Event of Default” under this Lease:
               (i) a failure by Tenant to make any payment of any Monetary Obligation on or prior to its due date, regardless of the reason for such failure;
               (ii) a failure by Tenant duly to perform and observe, or a violation or breach of, any other provision hereof not otherwise specifically mentioned in this Paragraph 22(a);
               (iii) any representation or warranty made by Tenant herein or in any certificate, demand or request made pursuant hereto proves to be incorrect, now or hereafter, in any material respect;
               (iv) Tenant shall (A) voluntarily be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (B) seek or consent to the appointment of a receiver or trustee for itself or for the Leased Premises, (C) file a petition seeking relief under the bankruptcy or other similar laws of the United States, any state or any jurisdiction, or (D) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
               (v) a court shall enter an order, judgment or decree appointing, without the consent of Tenant, a receiver or trustee for it or for any of the Leased Premises or approving a petition filed against Tenant which seeks relief under the bankruptcy or other similar laws of the United States, any state or any jurisdiction, and such order, judgment or decree shall remain undischarged or unstayed sixty (60) days after it is entered;
               (vi) (A) the Leased Premises shall have been (x) abandoned, or (y) Tenant shall cease the normal conduct of Tenant’s business at the Leased Premises for a period in excess of sixty (60) consecutive days or more than ninety (90) days during any Lease Year, except (1) during any reasonable period of repair or restoration of the Leased Premises following a Casualty or Taking, (2) during the course of performing Alterations to prepare the Leased Premises for occupancy by a sublessee or assignee pursuant to an executed sublease or assignment agreement, (3) during the last year of the Term, or (4) with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall be granted by Landlord so long as Tenant has established and provided to Landlord in writing a reasonably prudent plan for the preservation, maintenance and

-35-


 

security of the Leased Premises (including a contract for on-site security or routine security patrols, confirmation that the insurance required to be carried hereunder by Tenant and maintenance contracts for the roof and HVAC equipment shall be and remain in full force and effect notwithstanding Tenant’s vacating of the Leased Premises);
               (vii) Tenant shall be liquidated or dissolved or shall begin proceedings towards its liquidation or dissolution;
               (viii) the estate or interest of Tenant in any of the Leased Premises shall be levied upon or attached in any proceeding and such estate or interest is about to be sold or transferred or such process shall not be vacated or discharged within sixty (60) days after it is made;
               (ix) a failure by Tenant to perform or observe, or a violation or breach of, or a misrepresentation by Tenant under any provision of any Assignment or any other document between Tenant and Lender or from Tenant to Lender, if such failure, violation, breach or misrepresentation gives rise to a default beyond any applicable cure period with respect to any Loan;
               (x) a failure by Tenant to maintain in effect any material license or permit necessary for the continued use or occupancy of the Leased Premises for the operation of Tenant’s primary business at the Leased Premises;
               (xi) Tenant shall fail to deliver the estoppel described in Paragraph 25 within the time period specified therein;
               (xii) Tenant shall sell or transfer or enter into an agreement to sell or transfer all or substantially all of its assets a single transaction or a series of related transactions in violation of Paragraph 21 of this Lease; or
               (xiii) an Event of Default shall have occurred under the Construction Agency Agreement or Tenant shall fail to occupy the Leased Premises on or before the Initial Term Commencement Date.
          (b) No notice or cure period shall be required in any one or more of the following events: (A) the occurrence of an Event of Default under clause (i) (except as otherwise set forth below), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (xii), or (xiii) of Paragraph 22(a); (B) the default consists of a failure to pay Basic Rent, a failure to provide any insurance required by Paragraph 16 or an assignment or sublease entered into in violation of Paragraph 21; or (C) the default is such that any delay in the exercise of a remedy by Landlord could reasonably be expected to cause irreparable harm to Landlord. If the default consists of the failure to pay any installment of Basic Rent under clause (i) of Paragraph 22(a) or a default under clauses (xi) or (xiv) of Paragraph 22(a), the applicable cure period shall be five (5) days from the date on which notice is given, but Landlord shall not be obligated to give notice of, or allow any cure period for, any such default more than two (2) times within any Lease Year. If the default consists of the failure to pay any other Monetary Obligations under clause (i) of Paragraph 22(a), the applicable cure period shall be ten (10) days from the date on which notice is given. If the default consists of a default under clause (ii) or (x) of Paragraph 22(a), other than the events specified in clauses (B)

-36-


 

and (C) of the first sentence of this Paragraph 22(b), the applicable cure period shall be thirty (30) days from the date on which notice is given or, if the default cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period and delay in the exercise of a remedy would not (in Landlord’s reasonable judgment) cause any material adverse harm to Landlord or any of the Leased Premises, the cure period shall be extended for the period required to cure the default (but such cure period, including any extension, shall not, in the aggregate, exceed the maximum cure period permitted to Landlord under the terms of a Mortgage if such Tenant Event of Default constitutes a default under the Loan), provided that Tenant shall commence to cure the default within the said thirty (30) day period and shall actively, diligently and in good faith proceed with and continue the curing of the default until it shall be fully cured.
     23.  Remedies and Damages upon Default.
          (a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, Landlord shall have the right, at its sole option, then or at any time thereafter, to exercise its remedies and to collect damages from Tenant in accordance with this Paragraph 23, subject in all events to applicable Law, without demand upon or notice to Tenant except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 22(b) and this Paragraph 23.
               (i) Landlord may give Tenant notice of Landlord’s intention to terminate this Lease on a date specified in such notice. Upon such date, this Lease, the estate hereby granted and all rights of Tenant hereunder shall expire and terminate. Upon such termination, Tenant shall immediately surrender and deliver possession of the Leased Premises to Landlord in accordance with Paragraph 26. If Tenant does not so surrender and deliver possession of the Leased Premises, Landlord may re-enter and repossess the Leased Premises, with or without legal process, by peaceably entering the Leased Premises and changing locks or by summary proceedings, ejectment or any other lawful means or procedure. Upon or at any time after taking possession of the Leased Premises, Landlord may, by peaceable means or legal process, remove any Persons or property therefrom. Landlord shall be under no liability for or by reason of any such entry, repossession or removal. Notwithstanding such entry or repossession, Landlord may collect the damages set forth in Paragraph 23(b)(i) or 23(b)(ii).
               (ii) After repossession of the Leased Premises pursuant to clause (i) above or without terminating the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to relet any of the Leased Premises to such tenant or tenants, for such term or terms, for such rent, on such conditions and for such uses as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine, and collect and receive any rents payable by reason of such reletting. Landlord may make such Alterations in connection with such reletting as it may deem advisable in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding any such reletting, Landlord may collect the damages set forth in Paragraph 23(b)(ii).
          (b) The following constitute damages to which Landlord shall be entitled if Landlord exercises its remedies under Paragraph 23(a)(i) or 23(a)(ii):
               (i) If Landlord exercises its remedy under Paragraph 23(a)(i) but not its remedy under Paragraph 23(a)(ii) (or attempts to exercise such remedy and is unsuccessful in reletting the Leased Premises) then, upon written demand from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as liquidated and agreed final damages for Tenant’s default and in lieu of all current

-37-


 

damages beyond the date of such demand (it being agreed that it would be impracticable or extremely difficult to fix the actual damages), an amount equal to the Present Value of the excess, if any, of (A) all Basic Rent from the date of such demand to the date on which the Term is scheduled to expire hereunder in the absence of any earlier termination, re-entry or repossession over (B) the then fair market rental value of the Leased Premises for the same period. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord all of Landlord’s Costs in connection with the repossession of the Leased Premises and any attempted reletting thereof, including all brokerage commissions, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, employees’ expenses, costs of Alterations and reasonable expenses and preparation for reletting.
               (ii) If Landlord exercises its remedy under Paragraph 23(a)(ii) or its remedies under Paragraph 23(a)(i) and 23(a)(ii), then Tenant shall, until the end of what would have been the Term in the absence of the termination of the Lease, and whether or not any of the Leased Premises shall have been relet, be liable to Landlord for, and shall pay to Landlord on each Basic Rent Payment Date, as liquidated and agreed current damages all Monetary Obligations which would be payable under this Lease by Tenant in the absence of such termination less the net proceeds, if any, of any reletting pursuant to Paragraph 23(a)(ii), after deducting from such proceeds all of Landlord’s Costs (including the items listed in the last sentence of Paragraph 23(b)(i) hereof) incurred in connection with such repossessing and reletting; provided, that if Landlord has not relet the Leased Premises, such Costs of Landlord shall be considered to be Monetary Obligations payable by Tenant. Tenant shall be and remain liable for all sums aforesaid, and Landlord may recover such damages from Tenant and institute and maintain successive actions or legal proceedings against Tenant for the recovery of such damages. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require Landlord to wait to begin such action or other legal proceedings until the date when the Term would have expired by its own terms had there been no such Event of Default.
          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, provided that Landlord has not elected liquidated or agreed final damages pursuant to Paragraph 23 (b) above, in lieu of or in addition to any of the foregoing remedies and damages, Landlord may exercise any remedies and collect any monetary damages available to it at law or in equity with or without terminating this Lease; but nothing herein is intended or shall limit any right to an injunction, temporary restraining order, declaratory relief or other equitable remedy then available to Landlord under the circumstances of the particular Event of Default in question. If Landlord is unable to obtain full satisfaction pursuant to the exercise of any remedy, it may pursue any other remedy which it has hereunder or at law or in equity. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Paragraph 23(c), upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord shall not be entitled to the remedy of acceleration of rent otherwise payable hereunder, regardless of whether such remedy is available at law or in equity.
          (d) Landlord shall not be required to mitigate any of its damages hereunder unless required to by applicable Law. If any Law shall validly limit the amount of any damages provided for herein to an amount which is less than the amount agreed to herein, Landlord shall be entitled to the maximum amount available under such Law.

-38-


 

          (e) No termination of this Lease, repossession or reletting of the Leased Premises, exercise of any remedy or collection of any damages pursuant to this Paragraph 23 shall relieve Tenant of any Surviving Obligations.
          (f) WITH RESPECT TO ANY REMEDY OR PROCEEDING OF LANDLORD OR TENANT HEREUNDER, EACH OF LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY.
          (g) Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Landlord shall have the right (but no obligation) to perform any act required of Tenant hereunder and, if performance of such act requires that Landlord enter the Leased Premises, Landlord may enter the Leased Premises for such purpose. Landlord agrees any work so performed shall be performed in good and workmanlike manner.
          (h) No failure of Landlord (i) to insist at any time upon the strict performance of any provision of this Lease or (ii) to exercise any option, right, power or remedy contained in this Lease shall be construed as a waiver, modification or relinquishment thereof. A receipt by Landlord of any sum in satisfaction of any Monetary Obligation with knowledge of the breach of any provision hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision hereof shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in a writing signed by Landlord.
          (i) Tenant hereby waives and surrenders, for itself and all those claiming under it, including creditors of all kinds, (i) any right and privilege which it or any of them may have under any present or future Law to redeem any of the Leased Premises or to have a continuance of this Lease after termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right of occupancy or possession pursuant to any court order or any provision hereof, and (ii) the benefits of any present or future Law which exempts property from liability for debt or for distress for rent.
          (j) Except as otherwise provided herein, all remedies are cumulative and concurrent and no remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. Each remedy may be exercised at any time an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and may be exercised from time to time. No remedy shall be exhausted by any exercise thereof.
          (k) Tenant waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, any notice to quit as a condition precedent to Landlord’s remedies under this Paragraph 23.
          (1) Tenant hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, relief from valuation and appraisement laws and Tenant covenants and agrees that any judgment obtained by Landlord against Tenant may be executed in the State without relief from such valuation and appraisement laws.
     24.  Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals, offers, statements and other instruments or communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to the provisions of this Lease shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given and received for all purposes when delivered in person or by Federal Express or other reliable 24-hour delivery service or five (5) business days after being deposited in the United States mail, by

-39-


 

registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address stated on page one of this Lease or when delivery is refused. Notices sent to Landlord shall be to the attention of Director, Asset Management and notices to Tenant shall be to the attention of the “Legal Department” of Tenant. A copy of any notice given by Tenant to Landlord shall be simultaneously be given by Tenant to Reed Smith LLP, 2500 One Liberty Place, Philadelphia, PA 19103, Attention: Chairman, Real Estate Department. For the purposes of this Paragraph, any party may substitute another address stated above (or substituted by a previous notice) for its address by giving fifteen (15) days’ notice of the new address to the other party, in the manner provided above.
     25.  Estoppel Certificate. At any time upon not less than twenty (20) days’prior written request by either Landlord or Tenant (the “ Requesting Party ”) to the other party (the “ Responding Party ”), the Responding Party shall deliver to the Requesting Party, having a statement in writing, executed by an authorized officer of the Responding Party having sufficient knowledge of the Leased Premises and this Lease, certifying (a) that, except as otherwise specified, this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, (b) the dates to which Basic Rent, Additional Rent and all other Monetary Obligations have been paid, (c) that, to the knowledge of the signer of such certificate and except as otherwise specified, no default by either Landlord or Tenant exists hereunder, and (d) such other matters as the Requesting Party may reasonably request and related to this Lease. Any such statements by the Responding Party may be relied upon by the Requesting Party, any Person whom the Requesting Party notifies the Responding Party in its request for the Certificate is an intended recipient or beneficiary of the Certificate, any Lender or their assignees and by any prospective purchaser or mortgagee of any of the Leased Premises.
     26.  Surrender. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably leave and surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord in the same condition in which the Leased Premises was at the commencement of this Lease, except as repaired, rebuilt, restored, altered, replaced or added to as permitted or required by any provision of this Lease, and except for ordinary wear and tear. Upon such surrender, Tenant shall (a) remove from the Leased Premises all property which is owned by Tenant or third parties other than Landlord and Alterations required to be removed pursuant to Paragraph 13 hereof and (b) repair any damage caused by such removal. Property not so removed shall become the property of Landlord, and Landlord may thereafter cause such property to be removed from the Leased Premises. The cost of removing and disposing of such property and repairing any damage to any of the Leased Premises caused by such removal shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand. Landlord shall not in any manner or to any extent be obligated to reimburse Tenant for any such property which becomes the property of Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 26.
     27.  No Merger of Title. There shall be no merger of the leasehold estate created by this Lease with the fee estate in any of the Leased Premises by reason of the fact that the same Person may acquire or hold or own, directly or indirectly, (a) the leasehold estate created hereby or any part thereof or interest therein and (b) the fee estate in any of the Leased Premises or any part thereof or interest therein, unless and until all Persons having any interest in the interests described in (a) and (b) above which are sought to be merged shall join in a written instrument effecting such merger and shall duly record the same.

-40-


 

     28.  Books and Records.
          (a) Tenant shall keep adequate records and books of account (i) with respect to Tenant’s operations at the Leased Premises and the costs associated therewith in accordance with sound and prudent real estate accounting principals and, with respect to Tenant’s business in general, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) consistently applied; and shall (not more than twice per year) permit Landlord and Lender by their respective agents, accountants and attorneys, upon reasonable notice to Tenant, to visit and inspect the Leased Premises and examine (and make copies of) the records and books of account with respect to the operation of the Leased Premises and to discuss the finances and business with the officers of Tenant, at such reasonable times as may be requested by Landlord. Upon the request of Lender or Landlord (either telephonically or in writing), Tenant shall provide the requesting party with copies of any information to which such party would be otherwise entitled in the course of a personal visit.
          (b) If at any time during the Term, Tenant ceases to be a publicly traded company and/or its financial reports and statements (i.e. 10-K and 10-Q reports) are no longer available to Landlord via Edgar or other online reporting sources without material cost to Landlord, then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and to Lender (i) within ninety (90) days of the close of each fiscal year, annual audited financial statements of Tenant certified by a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants, and (ii) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the three remaining quarters unaudited financial statements and all other quarterly reports of Tenant, certified by Tenant’s chief financial officer, and all filings, if any, of Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and other required filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other Law. All financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. All annual financial statements shall be accompanied (i) by an opinion of said accountants stating that (A) there are no qualifications as to the scope of the audit and (B) the audit was performed in accordance with GAAP.
          (c) Landlord, Lender and their respective agents, accountants and attorneys, shall consider and treat on a strictly confidential basis (i) any information contained in the books and records of Tenant, (ii) any copies of any books and records of Tenant, and any financial statements of Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 28(b) which are delivered to or received by them and which are conspicuously stamped “CONFIDENTIAL”. The restrictions contained in this Paragraph 28(c) shall not prevent disclosure by Landlord or Lender of any information in any of the following circumstances:
               (i) Upon the order of any court or administrative agency to the extent required by such order and not effectively stayed or by appeal or otherwise;
               (ii) Upon the request, demand or requirement of any regulatory agency or authority having jurisdiction over such party, including the Securities and Exchange Commission (whether or not such request or demand has the force of law);

-41-


 

               (iii) That has been publicly disclosed other than by breach of this Paragraph 28(c) by Lender or Landlord or by any other Person who has agreed with Landlord or Lender to abide by the provisions of this Paragraph 28(c);
               (iv) To counsel, accountants or consultants for Landlord, Lender and such other Persons who have agreed to abide by the provisions of this Paragraph 28(c);
               (v) Independently developed by Landlord or Lender to the extent that confidential information provided by Tenant is not used to develop such information;
               (vi) With respect to financial information and information that Landlord or its attorneys deem to be material in any reporting to the shareholders of Landlord or the shareholders or prospective shareholders (whether through a registered public offering or otherwise) of Landlord’s parent company;
               (vii) In connection with any sale or financing of the Leased Premises, provided that any recipient of such information who is a prospective purchaser of the Leased Premises (except for a purchaser that purchases all or substantially all of the assets of Landlord’s parent company) shall agree to be bound by the terms of Paragraph 28(c);
               (viii) In connection with the securitization and/or sale of a Loan or interests therein by a Lender;
               (ix) As otherwise required by Law.
     29.  Intentionally Omitted.
     30.  Non-Recourse as to Landlord. (a) Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any claim based on or in respect of any liability of Landlord under this Lease shall be limited to actual damages and shall be enforced only against the Leased Premises and not against any other assets, properties or funds of (i) Landlord, (ii) any director, officer, member, general partner, shareholder, limited partner, beneficiary, employee or agent of Landlord or any general partner of Landlord or any of its members or general partners (or any legal representative, heir, estate, successor or assign of any thereof), (iii) any predecessor or successor partnership or corporation (or other entity) of Landlord or any of its general partners, shareholders, officers, directors, members, employees or agents, either directly or through Landlord or its general partners, shareholders, officers, directors, employees or agents or any predecessor or successor partnership or corporation (or other entity), or (iv) any Person affiliated with any of the foregoing, or any director, officer, employee or agent of any thereof.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be precluded from instituting legal proceedings for the purpose of making a claim against Landlord on account of an alleged violation of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, subject, however, to Paragraph 30(a) above.

-42-


 

     31. Financing .
          (a) Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord upon demand (i) all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the purchase, leasing and initial financing of the Leased Premises including, without limitation, the cost of appraisals, environmental reports, zoning reports, UCC searches, title insurance premiums and charges (including endorsements), surveys, Lender’s “points” and/or commitment fees, and the reasonable fees and expenses of Landlord’s and Lender’s counsel and (ii) fifty (50%) percent of the actual costs to defease the existing mortgage loan encumbering a portion of the Leased Premises as of the date immediately preceding the date of this Lease to the extent such actual costs exceed the outstanding principal balance of such mortgage loan at the time of such defeasance (and which mortgage loan the parties acknowledge is to be satisfied of record upon the effective date of this Lease, and Tenant’s share of such actual defeasance costs is currently estimated to be approximately $475,000 to $500,000); provided that, in no event shall Tenant’s share of the third party costs (i.e., defeasance costs exclusive of the purchase price paid for the securities purchased to defease the existing mortgage loan) exceed $50,000; provided further, that in no event shall Tenant be required to pay or reimburse Landlord or any other party for any costs arising out of a default by Landlord under such existing mortgage being defeased, unless such default is the result of a default or breach by Galyan’s or Tenant under the provisions paragraph 2 of that certain side letter agreement regarding improvements, between Galyan’s, Tenant and Landlord, dated as of November 3,2005 (the “ Construction Side Letter ”) or under the Original Lease or this Lease, as the case may be (other than any alleged default as a result of the performance of any construction consented to by Landlord under the terms of the Construction Side Letter). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall be obligated to pay to Landlord the costs and expenses described in this Paragraph 31 regardless of the closing date of such initial financing. In connection with such initial financing, Landlord agrees that it shall use good faith and commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate then current “market” or customary points and/or commitment fees, taking into account the credit and financial standing of Tenant at the time such Loan is made and current market circumstances.
          (b) If Landlord desires to obtain or refinance any Loan, Tenant shall negotiate in good faith with Landlord concerning any request made by any Lender or proposed Lender for changes or modifications in this Lease. In particular, Tenant shall agree, upon request of Landlord, to supply any such Lender with such notices and information as Tenant is required to give to Landlord hereunder and to extend the rights of Landlord hereunder to any such Lender and to consent to such financing if such consent is requested by such Lender. Tenant shall provide any other consent or statement and shall execute any and all other documents that such Lender requires in connection with such financing, including any environmental indemnity agreement and subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement, so long as the same do not materially adversely affect any right, benefit or privilege of Tenant under this Lease, or increase Tenant’s Monetary Obligations under this Lease or materially increase Tenant’s non-monetary obligations under this Lease. Such subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement may require Tenant to confirm that (a) Lender and its assigns will not be liable for any misrepresentation, act or omission of Landlord and (b) Lender and its assigns will not be subject to any counterclaim, demand or offset which Tenant may have against Landlord. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 31(b) shall make Tenant responsible for any Costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such refinancing.

-43-


 

          (c) In connection with any Loan, Landlord agrees that it shall use good faith and commercially reasonable efforts to (i) negotiate then current “market” or customary prepayment premiums in connection with any such Loan, taking into account the credit and financial standing of Tenant at the time Loan is made, current market circumstances and the type and amounts of Prepayment Premiums or penalties which are generally being required in connection with mortgages held by an institutional lender for similar properties, similarly situated (including, without limitation, mortgages anticipated to be subject to a securitization) and (ii) obtain a waiver from such Lender as to the right to collect any Prepayment Premium in connection with a prepayment of the Loan as a result of Casualty or Condemnation.
     32.  Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment.
          (a) This Lease and Tenant’s interest hereunder shall be subordinate to any Mortgage or other security instrument hereafter placed upon the Leased Premises by Landlord, and to any and all advances made or to be made thereunder, to the interest thereon, and all renewals, replacements and extensions thereof; provided and upon condition that any such Mortgage or other security instrument (or a separate instrument in recordable form duly executed by the holder of any such Mortgage or other security instrument and delivered to Tenant) shall provide for the recognition of this Lease and all Tenant’s rights hereunder and shall not disturb Tenant’s use and/or possession of the Leased Premises unless and until an Event of Default exists or Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to any applicable provision hereof.
          (b) Landlord agrees that, upon the request of any Person that shall be Tenant’s senior secured lender, or a purchase money equipment lender or equipment lessor of Tenant, Landlord shall negotiate in good faith for the purpose of executing and delivering a commercially reasonable waiver (a “ Waiver ”) of Landlord’s statutory lien rights, if any, and a consent and agreement with respect to the respective rights of Landlord and such Person regarding the security interests in, and the timing and removal of, any inventory, equipment or other collateral in which such Person has a secured interest (the “ Collateral ”), in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord and such Person, so long as such Waiver (i) provides for the indemnification of Landlord against any claims by Tenant or any Person claiming through Tenant, and against any physical damage caused to the Leased Premises, in connection with the removal of any of the Collateral by such Person, (ii) expressly excludes any claim by such Person to any right, title or interest in or to any of the Equipment as defined in this Lease, (iii) provides for a reasonable, but limited, time frame for the removal of such Collateral by such Person after the expiration of which same shall be deemed abandoned, and (iv) provides for the per diem payment of Basic Rent due hereunder by such Person for each day after the fifth (5 th ) business day following the date of the expiration or termination of this Lease that Landlord permits such Person’s Collateral to remain at the Leased Premises.
     33.  Tax Treatment; Reporting. Landlord and Tenant each acknowledge that each shall treat this transaction as a true lease for state law purposes and shall report this transaction as a Lease for Federal income tax purposes. For Federal income tax purposes each shall report this Lease as a true lease with Landlord as the owner of the Leased Premises and Equipment and Tenant as the lessee of such Leased Premises and Equipment including: (1) treating Landlord as the owner of the property eligible to claim depreciation deductions under Section 167 or 168 of

-44-


 

the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) with respect to the Leased Premises and Equipment, (2) Tenant reporting its Rent payments as rent expense under Section 162 of the Code, and (3) Landlord reporting the Rent payments as rental income.
     34.  Intentionally Omitted.
     35.  Right of First Offer.
          (a) If Landlord decides to offer the Leased Premises for sale to any third party, Landlord shall first offer by written notice (the “ Offer ”) to sell the Leased Premises to Tenant for a specific purchase price (the “ ROFO Purchase Price ”) and, upon such terms and conditions as Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, would otherwise intend to offer to sell the Leased Premises, prior to Landlord’s offering to sell the Leased Premises to any such third party except that the terms and conditions of any such sale to Tenant shall be (i) consistent with the terms and provisions of this Paragraph 35 and (ii) the sale to Tenant shall be “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, without representation or warranty by Landlord. If Landlord shall make the Offer, then, whether or not Tenant has accepted the Offer, Landlord shall have the unilateral right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to revoke the Offer if an Event of Default exists under this Lease on the date on which Landlord shall give, or would otherwise be required to give, Tenant the Offer.
          (b) Tenant shall have the right to accept the Offer only by giving Landlord written notice of such acceptance (the “ ROFO Notice ”) within thirty (30) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of the Offer. Time shall be of the essence with respect to said thirty (30) day period and delivery of the ROFO Notice by Tenant. If Tenant shall accept the Offer, Tenant shall execute any documentation reasonably required by Landlord to reflect Tenant’s acceptance of the Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease upon the delivery of the ROFO Notice by Tenant, no event or circumstances affecting the Leased Premises including, but not limited to, a Condemnation or Casualty, shall give Tenant any right or option of Tenant to cancel, surrender or otherwise terminate this Lease, and any other right or option of Tenant under the Lease to acquire the Leased Premises, shall automatically be deemed to have been waived by Tenant for all purposes under this Lease.
          (c) If Tenant does not accept, or fails to accept, the Offer in accordance with the provisions herein, Landlord shall be under no further obligation with respect to such Offer pursuant to the terms contained herein, and Tenant shall have forever waived and relinquished its right to such Offer, and Landlord shall at any and all times thereafter be entitled to market the Leased Premises to others upon such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine, except that (i) if the price (“ Third Party Price ”) for which Landlord enters into a binding contract (“ Third Party Contract ”) to sell the Leased Premises is less than ninety percent (90%) of the ROFO Purchase Price, Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days in which to accept the Third Party Price and (ii) if Landlord shall fail to close the transfer of the Leased Premises pursuant to such Third Party Contract within on hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the Offer, then the provisions of this Paragraph 35 shall again be applicable and Landlord shall, if it still intends on selling the Leased Premises, again Offer to sell the Leased Premises to Tenant. Tenant shall, within five (5) days after Landlord’s request therefor, deliver an instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the aforesaid waiver, but no such instrument shall be necessary to make the provisions hereof effective.

-45-


 

          (d) If Tenant does not timely deliver the ROFO Notice and the Leased Premises are transferred to a third party, Tenant will attorn to such third party as Landlord so long as such third party and Landlord notify Tenant in writing of such transfer. At the request of Landlord, Tenant will execute such documents confirming the agreement referred to above and such other agreements as Landlord may reasonably request, provided that such agreements do not increase the liabilities and obligations of Tenant hereunder.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of this Paragraph 35 shall not apply to or prohibit (i) any mortgaging, subjection to deed of trust or other hypothecation of Landlord’s interest in the Leased Premises, (ii) any sale of the Leased Premises pursuant to a private power of sale under or judicial foreclosure of any Mortgage or other security instrument or device to which Landlord’s interest in the Leased Premises is now or hereafter subject, (iii) any transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Leased Premises to a Lender, beneficiary under deed of trust or other hold of a security interest therein or their designees by deed in lieu of foreclosure, (iv) any transfer of the Leased Premises to any governmental or quasi-governmental agency with power of condemnation, (v) any transfer of the Leased Premises or any interest therein or in Landlord to any affiliate of Corporate Property Associates 16-Global Incorporated (“ CPA:16 ”) or to any current or future REIT or real estate company that can reasonably be determined to be a part of the so-called “W.P. Carey family of funds” (i.e., similar to CPA:16) and for whom W.P. Carey & Co. LLC or any of its affiliates provides management or advisory services or investment advice, (vi) a transfer to any person or entity to whom CPA:16 sells all or substantially all of its assets, or (vii) any transfer of the Leased Premises to any of the successors or assigns of any of the persons or entities referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi).
          (f) If the Leased Premises is purchased by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 35, Landlord need not convey any better title thereto than that which was conveyed to Landlord, and Tenant shall accept such title, subject, however, to the Permitted Encumbrances and to all other liens, exceptions and restrictions on, against or relating to any of the Leased Premises and to all applicable Laws, but free of the lien of and security interest created by any Mortgage or assignment of leases and rents and liens, exceptions and restrictions on, against or relating to the Leased Premises which have been created by or resulted solely from acts of Landlord after the date of this Lease, unless the same are Permitted Encumbrances or customary utility easements benefiting the Leased Premises or were created with the concurrence of Tenant or as a result of a default by Tenant under this Lease.
          (g) Upon the date fixed for a purchase of the Leased Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 35 which shall be a date mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant which shall be no later than either sixty (60) days following acceptance of the Offer or the date specified in the Third Party Contract, if applicable, (the “ Purchase Date ”), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, or to any Person to whom Landlord directs payment, the ROFO Purchase Price and all other sums payable by Tenant under the Offer, in Federal Funds, and Landlord shall deliver to Tenant or its designee (i) special warranty deeds or their equivalent which describe the Leased Premises being conveyed and conveys the title thereto as provided in Paragraph 35(f) above and (ii) such other instruments as shall be necessary to transfer the Leased Premises to Tenant or its designee. If on the Purchase Date any Monetary Obligations remain outstanding Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the Purchase Date the amount of such Monetary Obligations. Upon the completion of such

-46-


 

purchase by Tenant or its designee, this Lease and all obligations and liabilities of Tenant hereunder shall terminate, except any obligations of Tenant under this Lease, actual or contingent, which arise on or prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease or which survive such expiration or termination by their own terms. Any prepaid Monetary Obligations paid to Landlord shall be prorated as of the Purchase Date, and the prorated unapplied balance shall be deducted from the ROFO Purchase Price due to Landlord; provided, that no apportionment of any Impositions shall be made upon any such purchase.
     If the completion of the purchase by Tenant or its designee pursuant to this Paragraph 35 shall be delayed after the date scheduled for such purchase, Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall continue to be due and payable until completion of such purchase.
     36. Miscellaneous.
          (a) The paragraph headings in this Lease are used only for convenience in finding the subject matters and are not part of this Lease or to be used in determining the intent of the parties or otherwise interpreting this Lease.
          (b) As used in this Lease, the singular shall include the plural and any gender shall include all genders as the context requires and the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings: (i) “including” shall mean “including without limitation”; (ii) “provisions” shall mean “provisions, terms, agreements, covenants and/or conditions”; (iii) “lien” shall mean “lien, charge, encumbrance, title retention agreement, pledge, security interest, mortgage and/or deed of trust”; (iv) “obligation” shall mean “obligation, duty, agreement, liability, covenant and/or condition”; (v) “any of the Leased Premises” shall mean “the Leased Premises or any part thereof or interest therein”; (vi) “any of the Land” shall mean “the Land or any part thereof or interest therein”; (vii) “any of the Improvements” shall mean “the Improvements or any part thereof or interest therein”; and (viii) “any of the Equipment” shall mean “the Equipment or any part thereof or interest therein”; and
          (c) Any act which Landlord is permitted to perform under this Lease may be performed at any time and from time to time by Landlord or any person or entity designated by Landlord. Any appointment of Landlord as attorney-in-fact for Tenant hereunder is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent whenever such consent is required under this Lease, except as otherwise specifically provided herein and except that with respect to any assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Leased Premises not expressly permitted by the terms of this Lease, Landlord may withhold its consent for any reason or no reason. In any instance in which Landlord agrees not to act unreasonably, Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages against or liability of Landlord which is based upon a claim that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed any consent or approval requested by Tenant, and Tenant agrees that its sole remedy shall be an action for declaratory judgment or to request arbitration as set forth herein below. If with respect to any required consent or approval Landlord is required by the express provisions of this Lease not to unreasonably withhold or delay its consent or approval, and if it is determined in any such proceeding referred to in the preceding sentence or pursuant to arbitration as set forth hereinbelow, that Landlord acted unreasonably, the requested consent or approval shall be deemed to have been granted; however, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever to Tenant for

-47-


 

its refusal or failure to give such consent or approval. Tenant’s sole remedy for Landlord’s unreasonably withholding or delaying, consent or approval shall be as provided in this Paragraph. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance by Landlord and Tenant of any of their respective obligations under this Lease that are required to be paid, performed or observed within a set time period or number of days. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any dispute between Landlord and Tenant based upon a claim that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed any consent or approval requested by Tenant (but only in such instances where this Lease expressly provides that Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay such consent or approval under the applicable circumstances), then Landlord and Tenant agree that either party shall have the right, upon five (5) days prior written notice to the other party (which notice may not be given prior to the expiration of the review, determination and notice period to which Landlord is entitled under the applicable provision of this Lease), to request that such dispute be resolved and determined by arbitration in the City of New York in accordance with the rules and regulations of the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”) or its successor, utilizing the Expedited Procedures of the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA, and any such determination shall be final and binding on the parties (except as excluded in the last sentence hereof), whether or not a judgment shall be entered in any court. Without limiting the application of this Paragraph 36(c) to any other Paragraph of this Lease, the provisions hereof shall be applicable to Paragraphs 21(b) and (c) of this Lease; provided that in no event shall any arbitrator’s decision that Landlord has been unreasonable be binding upon Landlord in any instance where the then-existing Tenant hereunder seeks to or has conditioned its request for approval or consent upon a release from its obligations under this Lease.
          (d) Landlord shall in no event be construed for any purpose to be a partner, joint venturer or associate of Tenant or of any subtenant, operator, concessionaire or licensee of Tenant with respect to any of the Leased Premises or otherwise in the conduct of their respective businesses.
          (e) This Lease and any documents which may be executed by Tenant on or about the effective date hereof at Landlord’s request constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, between the parties hereto relating to the Leased Premises and the transactions provided for herein. Landlord and Tenant are business entities having substantial experience with the subject matter of this Lease and have each fully participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Lease. Accordingly, this Lease shall be construed without regard to the rule that ambiguities in a document are to be construed against the drafter.
          (f) This Lease may be modified, amended, discharged or waived only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such modification, amendment, discharge or waiver is sought.
          (g) The covenants of this Lease shall run with the land and bind Landlord and Tenant, their respective successors and assigns and all present and subsequent encumbrancers and subtenants of any of the Leased Premises, and shall inure to the benefit of Landlord, its successors and assigns and Tenant and any permitted successors or assignees hereunder unless

-48-


 

otherwise stated. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations of each shall be joint and several.
          (h) If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Lease shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Lease, but this Lease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
          (i) All exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein as if fully set forth.
          (j) This Lease shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State.
          (k) Tenant is not, nor will Tenant become, a Person with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons list) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action and Tenant not will engage in any dealings or transactions or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities.
          (l) This Lease may be executed in a number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.
     37.  Additional State Provisions. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary:
          (a) Where any provision of this Lease is inconsistent with any provision of applicable Laws of the State of Indiana (“State Law”), the provisions of State Law shall take precedence over the provisions of this Lease, but shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provisions of this Lease that can be construed in a manner consistent with State Law. Should State Law confer any rights or impose any duties inconsistent with or in addition to any of the provisions of this Lease, the affected provisions of this Lease shall be considered amended to conform to such State Law, but all other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect without modification.
          (b) To the extent that State Law limits (i) the availability of the exercise of any of the remedies set forth in the Lease, and the right of Landlord to exercise self-help in connection with the enforcement of the terms of this Lease, or (ii) the enforcement of waivers and indemnities made by Tenant, such remedies, waivers, or indemnities shall be exercisable or enforceable, any provisions in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, if, and to the extent, permitted by State Law in force at the time of the exercise of such remedies or the enforcement of such waivers or indemnities without regard to the enforceability of such remedies, waivers or indemnities at the time of the execution and delivery of this Lease.

-49-


 

          (c)  Tenant covenants and agrees with Landlord that if Landlord, upon an Event of Default by Tenant, elects to file a suit to enforce this Lease and protect Landlord’s rights hereunder, Landlord may in such suit apply to any court having jurisdiction, for the appointment of a receiver of the Leased Premises and Tenant hereby consents to such appointment, and thereupon it is expressly covenanted and agreed that the court shall without notice forthwith appoint a receiver with the usual powers and duties of receivers in like cases pursuant to State Law, and such appointment shall be made by such court as a matter of strict right to Landlord and without reference to the adequacy or inadequacy of the value of the Leased Premises that is subject this Lease, or to the solvency or insolvency of Tenant, and without reference to the commission of waste.
          (d) Tenant waives, to the fullest extent permitted by State Law, any notice to quit as a condition precedent to Landlord’s remedies under Paragraph 23 of this Lease.
          (e) Whenever in this Lease a party is entitled to recover attorneys’ fees in any litigation, such party shall be entitled to recover all reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs incurred at, before and after trial and on appeal, whether or not taxable as costs, in such litigation.
          (f) Landlord and Tenant agree to execute and record a memorandum of lease that will satisfy the requirements of Ind. Code 36-2-11-20, in the office of the County Recorder in which the Leased Premises is located.
          (g) Tenant hereby certifies to Landlord that in connection with the sale and leaseback of the Leased Premises, Tenant has complied, or will comply, with the Disclosure Law by (A) the completion and delivery to Landlord of a disclosure document (the “Disclosure Document”) in the form required by Ind. Code 13-25-3 (the “Disclosure Law”), (B) the timely recording of the Disclosure Document in the Office of the Recorder of the County in which the Leased Premises is located, and (C) the timely filing the Disclosure Document in the Office of the Indiana Department of Environmental Management; or Tenant has determined, after diligent investigation, and Tenant hereby certifies to Landlord, that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, the Leased Premises does not constitute “property” under the Disclosure Law, and therefore, delivery, filing and recording of a Disclosure Document is not required, because:
               (i) (the Leased Premises does not contain (1) or more facilities that are subject to reporting under Section 312 of the Federal Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. 11022);
               (ii) the Leased Premises is not the site of one (1) or more underground storage tanks for which notification is required under: (A) 42 U.S.C. 6991 (a) and (B) Ind. Code 13-23-l-2(c)(8)(A); or
               (iii) the Leased Premises is not listed in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) in accordance with Section 116 of CERCLA (42 U.S.C. 9616).
          (h)  INDEMNIFICATION NOTICE. IT IS EXPRESSLY AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD THAT THIS LEASE INCLUDES INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS

-50-


 

(INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN PARAGRAPH 15 HEREOF) WHICH, IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, COULD INCLUDE AN INDEMNIFICATION BY TENANT OF AN INDEMNITEE FROM CLAIMS OR LOSSES ARISING AS A RESULT OF AN   INDEMNITEE’S SOLE NEGLIGENCE.
          (i) In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Paragraph 37 and the other provisions of this Lease, the provisions of this Paragraph 37 will govern.
     [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

-51-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be duly executed under seal as of the day and year first above written.
                     
 
                   
            LANDLORD:    
 
                   
            CP GAL PLAINFIELD, LLC,    
            a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                   
            By: CP GAL (IN) QRS 16-61, INC., its managing member    
 
                   
 
          By:   /s/ Jason Fox    
 
                   
            Name: Jason Fox    
            Title: Director    
 
                   
ATTEST:           TENANT:    
 
                   
            DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC.    
            a Delaware corporation    
 
                   
                     
By:
          By:        
 
                   
Title:           Name:    
 
                   
            Title:    
 
                   
 
                   
[Corporate Seal]                

-52-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be duly executed under seal as of the day and year first above written.
                     
 
                   
            LANDLORD:    
 
                   
            CP GAL PLAINFIELD, LLC,    
            a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                   
 
          By:        
 
                   
            Name:    
 
                   
            Title:    
 
                   
 
                   
ATTEST:       TENANT:    
 
                   
            DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC.    
            a Delaware corporation    
 
                   
By:
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]       By:   /s/ Douglas W. Walord    
 
                 
Title:
  Director - Legal       Name:   Douglas W. Walrod    
 
                   
 
          Title:   Senior Vice President -    
 
              Real Estate and Development    
 
                   
[Corporate Seal]                

 


 

EXHIBIT A-1
ORIGINAL LAND
Lot 1 of the Final Plat — Westcor, Phase I “An Incremental Phase Plat of Westcor” being part of the North Half of Section 31, Township 15 North, Range 2 East located in Plainfield, Indiana and recorded as Instrument Number 9700007298 in Plat Cabinet 4, Slide 87, pages 1 and 2 in the Office of the Recorder of Hendricks County, Indiana.

 


 

EXHIBIT A-2
EXPANSION LAND
Lot 2 of the Plat of Westcor, Phase I, Lot 2 (the “Plat”) being part of the north half of Section 31, Township 15 North, Range 2 East located in the Town of Plainfield, Indiana and recorded on November 2, 2005 as Instrument Number 200500033867 in Plat Cabinet 6, Slide 90, page 2 in the Office of the Recorder of Hendricks County, Indiana. The land being herein conveyed includes the entire 36.983 acres, more or less, as described in the “Land Description” section of the Plat, less and except all right, title and interest of the Town of Plainfield in and to that certain 0.423 acres, more or less, as dedicated and depicted in said Plat.

 


 

EXHIBIT B
MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT
All fixtures, machinery, apparatus, equipment, fittings and appliances of every kind and nature whatsoever now or hereafter affixed or attached to or installed in any of the Leased Premises (except as hereafter provided), including all electrical, anti-pollution, heating, lighting (including hanging fluorescent lighting), incinerating, power, air cooling, air conditioning, humidification, sprinkling, plumbing, lifting, cleaning, fire prevention, fire extinguishing and ventilating systems, devices and machinery and all engines, pipes, pumps, tanks (including exchange tanks and fuel storage tanks), motors, conduits, ducts, steam circulation coils, blowers, steam lines, compressors, oil burners, boilers, doors, windows, loading platforms, lavatory facilities, stairwells, fencing (including cyclone fencing), passenger and freight elevators, overhead cranes and garage units, together with all additions thereto, substitutions therefor and replacements thereof required or permitted by this Lease, but excluding all personal property and all trade fixtures, machinery, office, manufacturing and warehouse equipment which are not necessary to the operation of the buildings which constitute part of the Leased Premises for the uses permitted under Paragraph 4(a) of this Lease.

 


 

EXHIBIT C
PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES — ORIGINAL LAND
     1. Hendricks County Drainage System and any assessment thereto.
     2. Municipal Assessments to the Town of Plainfield, Indiana.
     3. Ten (10) foot building set back line along the north and south lines of Lot 1 as shown on the plat recorded as Instrument Number 97-7298, in Plat Cabinet 4, Slide 87, pages 1 and 2, in the Office of the Recorder of Hendricks County, Indiana.
     4. One hundred (100) foot building set back line along the west line of Lot 1 as shown on the plat recorded as Instrument Number 97-7298, in Plat Cabinet 4, Slide 87, pages 1 and 2, in the Office of the Recorder of Hendricks County, Indiana.
     5. Fifteen (15) foot building set back line along the east line of lot as shown on the plat recorded as Instrument Number 97-7298 in Plat Cabinet 4, Slide 87, pages 1 and 2, in the Office of the Recorder of Hendricks County, Indiana.
     6. Fifteen (15) foot drainage and utility easement along the north, east and west lines of Lot 1 as shown on the plat recorded as Instrument Number 97-7298, in Plat Cabinet 4, Slide 87, pages 1 and 2, in the Office of the Recorder of Hendricks County, Indiana. Said easement is depicted on the ALTA/ACSM survey prepared by The Schneider Corporation as Job No. 1115.007 dated December 10,1998 (the “1998 Survey”).
     7. Encroachment upon property adjoining on the east by the fence appurtenant to insured premises, as shown on 1998 Survey.
     8. Subject to off-site water drainage in and to the detention pond encroaching along the south line of the Original Land as shown on the 1998 Survey.
     9. Taxes and assessments for the year 2005 and subsequent years.
     10. Rights or claims of parties in possession not shown by the public records.
     11. Easements, or claims of easements, roads, ways or streams not shown by the public records.
     12. Any encroachments, overlaps, boundary line disputes, variations in area or content, party walls and/or any other matters which would be disclosed by an accurate survey or inspection of the premises.
     13. Any facts, rights, interests, or claims which are not shown by the public records but which could be ascertained by an inspection of said land or by making inquiry of persons in possession thereof.

 


 

     14. Any lien, or right to a lien, for services, labor or material heretofore or hereafter furnished.
     15. Planning, zoning and subdivision regulations and restrictions.
PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES — EXPANSION
     1. Hendricks County Drainage System and any assessment thereto.
     2. Municipal Assessments to the Town of Plainfield, Indiana.
     3. Rights of way for drainage tile, ditches, feeders and laterals, if any, as depicted n on the ALTA/ACSM survey prepared by The Schneider Corporation as Job No. 115.029 dated September 13, 2005 (the “2005 Survey”).
     4. Easements, restrictions and encumbrances as shown on the plat recorded as Instrument Number 200500033867 in Plat Cabinet 6, Slide 90, page 2, in the Office of the Recorder of Hendricks County, Indiana.
     5. Taxes and assessments for the year 2005 and subsequent years.
     6. Rights or claims of parties in possession not shown by the public records.
     7. Easements, or claims of easements, roads, ways or streams not shown by the public records.
     8. Any encroachments, overlaps, boundary line disputes, variations in area or content, party walls and/or any other matters which would be disclosed by an accurate survey or inspection of the premises.
     9. Any facts, rights, interests, or claims which are not shown by the public records but which could be ascertained by an inspection of said land or by making inquiry of persons in possession thereof.
     10. Any lien, or right to a lien, for services, labor or material heretofore or hereafter furnished.
     11. Planning, zoning and subdivision regulations and restrictions.

 


 

EXHIBIT D
BASIC RENT PAYMENTS
     1.  Schedule Basic Rent. Commencing on the date hereof, and continuing on the twenty-fifth day of each succeeding month (each a “Basic Rent Payment Date”) Schedule Basic Rent shall be payable in the amounts set forth on Schedule “D-l” attached hereto, and shall be payable monthly, in advance, on each Basic Rent Payment Date. Pro rata Schedule Basic Rent for the period from the date hereof through the last day of the calendar month in which the Primary Term Commencement Date of this Lease occurs shall be paid on the date hereof.
     2.  Expansion Basic Rent to and Including the Funding Deadline.
          (a) In addition to the Schedule Basic Rent, commencing on the date hereof, and continuing on each succeeding Basic Rent Payment Date to and including the month in which the Funding Deadline occurs, Expansion Basic Rent shall be payable monthly on each Basic Rent Payment Date in an amount equal to (x) LIBOR plus 400 basis points, multiplied by (y) the amount advanced by Landlord for Landlord’s Share of Project Costs (exclusive of the Acquisition Fee) for the Leased Premises, which shall be calculated based on the number of days each advance is outstanding prior to such Basic Rent Payment Date. The amount set forth in the foregoing sentence shall, absent manifest error, be conclusively determined from the books and records of Landlord. Tenant shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, to inspect Landlord’s books and records relevant to such determination to verify the accuracy of Landlord’s calculation of Basic Rent. If the Funding Deadline occurs on a date other than the first calendar day of the month, then such Expansion Basic Rent under this Paragraph 2 shall be prorated for such final month.
          (b) For so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, on each Basic Rent Payment Date that occurs on or prior to, but not after the Funding Deadline, and relates to any period occurring prior to the Funding Deadline, Landlord shall approve as an advance of Landlord’s Share of Project Costs, the monthly installments of Expansion Basic Rent payable by Tenant under this Paragraph 2 and will credit each such advance against the installment of Expansion Basic Rent then due and owing; provided, however, that (i) from and after the Funding Deadline Landlord’s obligation to make any further advance for future installments of Basic Rent shall terminate and all such future payments of Expansion Basic Rent shall be made by Tenant, and (ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Landlord shall have no obligation to make any further advances for installments of Expansion Basic Rent payable under this Paragraph 2, and Tenant shall make all further payments of Expansion Basic Rent from its own funds unless and until any such Event of Default is cured.
          (c) If for any reason the Funding Deadline does not occur prior to the first Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date (as defined in Paragraph 5 below), the Expansion Basic Rent payable for the Leased Premises from and after the first Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date shall be the sum of Expansion Basic Rent calculated in accordance with the foregoing

 


 

paragraphs 2(a) and 2(b) and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraphs 4, 5, and 6 below.
     3.  Expansion Basic Rent From and After The Funding Deadline.
          Commencing on the Basic Rent Payment Date for the month in which the Funding Deadline occurs and continuing on each Basic Rent Payment Date thereafter (including each basic Rent Payment occurring during each Renewal Term) until the expiration of the Term, Expansion Basic Rent shall be payable in an amount equal to one twelfth (1/12) of the product of 9.90% multiplied by Landlord’s Share of Project Costs for the Leased Premises, subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 4, 5 and 6 below. Promptly following the Initial Term Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an addendum to this Lease setting forth the numerical amount of the initial annual and monthly payments of Expansion Basic Rent payable for the Leased Premises. If the Funding Deadline occurs on a date other than the first calendar day of the month, then such Basic Rent under this Paragraph 3 shall be prorated for such initial month, so that there shall be no duplication of the Basic Rent due under Paragraph 2 above and this Paragraph 3 for any given calendar day.
     4.  CPI Adjustments to Expansion Basic Rent. The Expansion Basic Rent shall be subject to adjustment, in the manner hereinafter set forth, for increases in the index known as United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, Consumer Price Index, All Urban Consumers, United States City Average, All Items, (1982-84=100) ( “CPI” ) or the successor index that most closely approximates the CPI. If the CPI shall be discontinued with no successor or comparable successor index, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon a substitute index or formula, but if they are unable to so agree, then the matter shall be determined by arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then prevailing in New York City. Any decision or award resulting from such arbitration shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant and judgment thereon may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In no event will the annual Expansion Basic Rent as adjusted by the CPI adjustment be less than the annual Expansion Basic Rent in effect for the one (1) year period immediately preceding such adjustment.
     5.  Effective Dates of Expansion Basic Rent Increases. Expansion Basic Rent shall not be adjusted until the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Basic Rent Payment Date on which the first full monthly installment of Expansion Basic Rent shall be due and payable (the “First Full Expansion Basic Rent Payment Date”). As of such fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the First Full Expansion Basic Rent Payment Date and thereafter on the tenth (10 th ), and, if the Initial Term is extended then on the fifteenth (15 th ), twentieth (20 th ), twenty-fifth (25 th ), thirtieth (30 th ), thirty- fifth (35 th ), fortieth (40th) and forty-fifth (45 th ) anniversaries of the First Full Basic Rent Payment Date (each such date being hereinafter referred to as the “Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date” ), Expansion Basic Rent shall be adjusted to reflect increases in the CPI during the most recent five (5) year period immediately preceding each of the foregoing dates. Effective as of a given Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date, Expansion Basic Rent payable under this Lease until the next succeeding Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date shall be the Expansion Basic Rent in effect after the adjustment provided for as of such Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date.

-2-


 

     6.  Method of Adjustment for CPI Adjustment.
          (a) As of each Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date when the average CPI determined in clause (i) below exceeds the Beginning CPI (as defined in this Paragraph 6(a)), the Expansion Basic Rent in effect immediately prior to the applicable Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the difference between (i) the average CPI for the three (3) most recent calendar months (the “Prior Months” ) ending prior to such Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date for which the CPI has been published on or before the forty-fifth (45th) day preceding such Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date and (ii) the Beginning CPI, and the denominator of which shall be the Beginning CPI. An amount equal to the lesser of (x) the product of such multiplication, or (y) 12% of the Expansion Basic Rent in effect immediately prior to such Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date, shall be added to the Expansion Basic Rent in effect immediately prior to such Basic Rent Adjustment Date. As used herein, “ Beginning CPI ” shall mean the average CPI for the three (3) calendar months corresponding to the Prior Months, but occurring five (5) years earlier. If the average CPI determined in clause (i) is the same or less than the Beginning CPI, the Expansion Basic Rent will be 100% of the Expansion Basic Rent in effect immediately prior to such Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date.
          (b) Effective as of a given Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date, Expansion Basic Rent payable under this Lease until the next succeeding Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date shall be the Expansion Basic Rent in effect after the adjustment provided for as of such Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date.
          (c) Notice of the new annual Expansion Basic Rent shall be delivered to Tenant on or before the tenth (10th) day preceding each Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date, but any failure to do so by Landlord shall not be or be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of Landlord’s rights to collect such sums. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after a notice of the new annual Expansion Basic Rent is delivered to Tenant, all amounts due from Tenant, but unpaid, because the stated amount as set forth above was not delivered to Tenant at least ten (10) days preceding the Expansion Basic Rent Adjustment Date in question.

-3-


 

SCHEDULE D-1
SCHEDULE BASIC RENT

-4-


 

SCHEDULE D-1
SCHEDULE BASIC RENT
         
Period   Annual   Monthly
Primary Term Commencement
  $1,242,702.18   $103,558.52
Date through January 31, 2006
       
 
       
February 1, 2006 through
  $1,261,342.72   $105,111.89
January 31, 2007
       
 
       
February 1, 2007 through
  $1,280,262.86   $106,688.57
January 31, 2008
       
 
       
February 1, 2008 through
  $1,299,466.80   $108,288.90
January 31, 2009
       
 
       
February 1, 2009 through
  $1,318,958.80   $109,913.23
January 31, 2010
       
 
       
February 1, 2010 through
  $1,338,743.18   $111,561.93
January 31, 2011
       
 
       
February 1, 2011 through
  $1,358,824.33   $113,235.36
January 31, 2012
       
 
       
February 1, 2012 through
  $1,379,206.70   $114,933.89
January 31, 2013
       
 
       
February 1, 2013 through
  $1,399,894.80   $116,657.90
January 31, 2014
       
 
       
February 1, 2014 through
  $1,420,893.22   $118,407.77
January 31, 2015
       
 
       
February 1, 2015 through
  $1,442,206.62   $120,183.88
January 31, 2016
       
 
       
February 1, 2016 through
  $1,463,839.72   $121,986.64
January 31, 2017
       
 
       
February 1, 2017 through
  $1,485,797.31   $123,816.44
January 31, 2018
       
 
       
February 1, 2018 through
  $1,508,084.27   $125,673.69
January 31, 2019
       
 
       
February 1, 2019 through
  $1,530,705.54   $127,558.79
January 31, 2020
       
 
       
February 1, 2020 through
  $1,553,666.12   $129,472.18
January 31, 2021
       
 
       
February 1, 2021 through
  $1,576,971.11   $131,414.26
January 31, 2022
       

 


 

SCHEDULE D-l
SCHEDULE BASIC RENT — CONT
                 
Period   Period     Period  
First Renewal Option
  $ 1,576,971.11     $ 131,414.26  
 
               
Second Renewal Option
  $ 1,698,845.75     $ 141,570.48  
 
               
Third Renewal Option
  $ 1,830,139.35     $ 152,511.61  
 
               
Fourth Renewal Option
  $ 1,971,579.85     $ 164,298.32  
 
               
Fifth Renewal Option
  $ 2,123,951.44     $ 176,995.95  
 
               
Sixth Renewal Option
  $ 2,288,098.91     $ 190,674.91  
 
               
Seventh Renewal Option
  $ 2,464,932.35     $ 205,411.03  

- 2 -


 

EXHIBIT E
FORM OF ADDENDUM TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT
Made as of this                         day of                                           , 20                      .
THIS ADDENDUM (this “Addendum”) to the Amended and Restated Lease Agreement, dated as of                      , 200___ (the “Lease”), by and between [W. P. Carey Entity], a                                           (“Landlord”), and                       , a                      corporation (“Tenant”), covering property located in                                              . (All terms used and not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Lease.)
          1. The Funding Deadline is ________, 200_.
          2. The Final Completion Date is ________, 200_.
          3. Initial Term Commencement Date is                      , 200_.
          4. The First Full Expansion Basic Rent Payment Date is                      , 200_.
          5. Project Cost (exclusive of the Acquisition Fee) is $                      .
          6. Landlord’s Share of Project Costs is $                      .
          7. The initial Expansion Basic Rent per annum is $                      .
          8. The current Schedule Basic Rent is $                      .
          9. The square footage of all buildings comprising the Improvements is                      .
     Except as specifically set forth herein, this Addendum shall not be deemed or construed to alter or amend the Lease in any manner.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Addendum to be duly executed under seal as of the day and year first above written.
             
    LANDLORD:    
 
           
    CP GAL PLAINFIELD, LLC,    
    a Delaware limited liability company    
 
           
    By: CP GAL (IN) QRS 16-61, INC., its managing member    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
   
 
   

-1-


 

             
 
  Name:        
 
 
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
 
 
   
 
           
 
  TENANT:        
 
           
    DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC.,    
    a Delaware corporation    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
 
 
   
 
  Name:        
 
 
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
 
 
   

-2-


 

EXHIBIT F
TERMINATION FEE SCHEDULE
         
Lease Year   Total Termination  
2005
    29,421,092  
2006
    29,210,512  
2007
    29,060,894  
1*
    28,056,702  
2
    26,933,619  
3
    25,762,097  
4
    24,815,602  
5
    23,422,951  
6
    22,281,382  
7
    21,025,564  
8
    19,832,197  
9
    18,639,245  
10
    17,295,703  
11
    17,199,736  
12
    15,852,588  
13
    14,725,826  
14
    13,529,977  
15, and
    11,624,358  
Thereafter
    11,624,358  
 
*Designates the applicable Lease Year of the Initial Term; so that Lease Year 1 above begins at the Funding Deadline.

-3-

 

Exhibit 10.24
CONSULTING AND SEPARATION AGREEMENT
     This Consulting and Separation Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc., (“Employer”) and Gary M. Sterling (“Employee”):
WITNESSETH:
      WHEREAS, the Employer retained Sterling as an employee on July 1, 1996; and
      WHEREAS, the Employer and Sterling have agreed that Sterling shall become a consultant to the Employer effective February 1, 2006, and that Sterling’s employment and consulting relationship with the Employer shall be terminated effective January 31, 2007, on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and
      WHEREAS, the Employer and Sterling now desire to settle all matters pertaining to, arising from and associated with Sterling’s employment with and separation from employment with the Employer;
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the severance and other payments, and the other covenants and agreements, set forth herein, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by both parties, it is agreed as follows:
1. CONSULTING
     (a) Sterling and the Employer hereby agree that Sterling shall cease to be the Employer’s Senior Vice President of Merchandising on February 1, 2006 (the “Consulting Date”), and shall become an employee consultant to the Employer on such date, and shall serve as an employee consultant until the Termination Date (as defined in paragraph 2). Sterling shall continue to report for work and complete outstanding assignments through the Consulting Date and shall cooperate with other members of management of the Employer in the transition of his responsibilities to other employees of the Employer. From and after the Consulting Date, Sterling shall perform such duties as are assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer, but he shall not be required to report to work at the Employer’s offices unless directed to do so by the Chief Executive Officer.
2. TERMINATION
     (a) Sterling’s employment and consulting relationship with the Employer shall be terminated effective January 31, 2007 (the “Termination” Date”).
3. BENEFITS; BONUS PAYMENT
     (a) Employer shall continue to provide Employee with health insurance coverage under the Employer’s employee plans for the period beginning on the Consulting Date and ending on the Termination Date (Benefits Extension Period). If the cost of the covered benefits increases after the Consulting Date, then the amount to be contributed by Employee shall increase accordingly. To the extent that Employee is required to contribute all or a portion of the premiums for the covered plans, such amounts will be payable at the beginning of each calendar quarter and will be billed by Employer.
As of the Termination Date, Employee’s health insurance coverage shall cease. At that time,

 


 

Employer will provide information to Employee regarding Employee’s lights to extend Employee’s medical coverage under COBRA.
     (b) Pursuant to the Employer’s Stock Plans and subject to the Stock Option Agreements between the Employer and Employee, Employee may exercise vested stock options after the Termination Date as defined in the stock plan in effect at the time of the Stock Option Grant Dates, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Stock Option Agreements. In regard to the Stock Option Grant of 300,000 shares awarded on January 21, 2004, Employee will be eligible to exercise 150,000 options at an option price of $25.25 as of January 31, 2007, through 90 days after the Termination Date. The remaining 150,000 options shall be forfeited by Employee.
Employee understands and acknowledges that his continuous status as an Employee, as defined in the Plan, will end on January 31, 2007. Employee also understands that during the Benefits Extension Period, stock options from previous grants will continue to vest. Employee further understands that pursuant to the Stock Plans and the Stock Option Agreements, any stock options that are unvested as of the final Termination Date as well as the forfeited 150,000 options from the January 21, 2004, grant noted above, and any vested stock options that are not exercised during the applicable time period following the Termination Date shall be forfeited by the Employee.
     (c) Employer agrees to pay Employee a bonus for fiscal year 2005 that will be based on the Senior Vice President of Merchandising bonus plan. Employee understands that this bonus will not be paid if Employer does not pay bonuses based on Company performance for the fiscal year. The bonus, if payable, will be paid in Spring 2006 and will be calculated based on results in two categories: Corporate EBT, and Personal Goals. Employee is not eligible for any potential discretionary bonus payment(s).
     (d) The benefits and bonus payment described in Paragraph 3 are not otherwise owed to Employee and are being offered to Employee in exchange for Employee’s agreement to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. With the exception of the promises that Employer makes in this Agreement, Employer owes Employee no wages, commissions, bonuses, severance pay, or other compensation, benefits or payments of any kind. Without limiting the foregoing in any manner, Employee acknowledges and agrees that the benefits set forth in this Paragraph 3 shall be (i) in full payment of any and all salary, bonus, severance or other payments to which Employee is or may otherwise be entitled to receive from Employer; and (ii) in full settlement of any and all claims, disputes, differences or other matters pertaining to, arising from, or associated with Employee’s employment with and separation of employment from Employer.
4. NON COMPETITION; RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
     (a) Beginning on the Consulting Date and continuing for a period of thirty-six (36) months after the Termination Date, Employee shall not (unless Edward W. Stack in his sole judgment has waived in writing the application of this provision so that Employee may serve as a Board member in a specific case where the retailer is not a major vendor or competitor of Employer):

- 2 -


 

     (i) Own, manage, control, serve as a board member to, be employed by, be a consultant to, participate in, or be connected in any manner with the ownership, management, operation, or control of any entity that owns and/or operates a sporting goods store; or operates as a vendor or wholesaler of sporting goods; or
     (ii) Induce or solicit, directly or indirectly, any person who is an employee, officer or agent of the Employer to terminate said relationship, or otherwise assist in the recruitment of any Employer employee to accept employment with another employer, provided, that this Section 4(a)(ii) shall not prohibit Employee from providing positive business references when and if requested by former Employer employees for whom he was the supervisor while he was a Employer employee so long as the reference request was initiated by the former Employer employee and Employee does not induce, solicit, encourage or otherwise assist in the recruitment of any Employer employee to accept employment with another employer.
     (b) Except as expressly permitted by the Employer in writing, Employee shall not at any time, either before or after the Termination Date, knowingly disclose to any person not connected with the Employer or use for his own benefit or for the benefit of any person other than the Employer, any proprietary or confidential information either disclosed to or developed by Employee during his employment by the Employer. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “proprietary or confidential information” shall include, but not be limited to, any trade secret or confidential information, knowledge or data, whether of a technical or commercial nature, sales or production records or data, product pricing, formulas, inventions, products, discoveries, improvements, processes, formulae, manufacturing methods or techniques, designs, styles, financial statements or other financial information, engineering and tooling records and data, managerial and operational policies, ideas, plans, methods, practices and procedures, vendor arrangements and vendor lists, marketing strategies, and other confidential business information related to the conduct of the business of the Employer.
     (c) From and after the date hereof, Employee agrees that he shall (i) notify the Employer if he becomes employed, engaged, or retained (as an employee, consultant, board member, independent contractor, or other capacity) by any person or entity during the Benefit Extension Period or the twelve (12) month period thereafter, and (ii) reasonably cooperate with the Employer and respond to questions, information requests, and other reasonable requests for assistance, from the Employer or its agents or representatives with regard to the transition of one or more new employees into his previous position and other matter’s related to his employment with the Employer.
     (d) The provisions of this Section 4 shall be in lieu of the provisions of the Employee’s Amended and Restated Agreement dated January 17, 2003.
5. RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS
     (a) As used in this Agreement, “Releasees” shall collectively mean Employer, its parents, subsidiaries, successors and assigns; the present or former directors, officers, shareholder’s, employees, agents, and attorneys of any of them; and the current or former trustees or administrators of any pension or other benefit plan applicable to the employees or former employees of Employer; all in their individual and official capacities.

- 3 -


 

     (b) Employee, on behalf of Employee and Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors, assigns and trustees, irrevocably and unconditionally releases, acquits and forever discharges Releasees of and from any and all charges, complaints, claims, actions, suits, and debts, of whatever nature, whether known or unknown, which Employee now has, may have, or claims to have, or which Employee at any prior time had or claimed to have against Employer or any of the Releasees, arising out of any matter occurring or accruing on or before the date Employee executes this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any claims arising from or during Employee’s employment with Employer, related to Employee’s employment with Employer, and/or as a result of Employee’s separation from employment with Employer.
     (c) The release and waiver set forth in subparagraph 5(b) of this Agreement includes, but is not limited to, any claims arising under any federal, state or local statutes, regulations, ordinances or common laws, specifically including, but not limited to: the Age Discrimination in Employment Act; the Older Workers’ Benefit Protection Act; the Civil Rights Act of 1866; the Civil Rights Act of 1871; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act; the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Fair Labor Standards Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002; the Pennsylvania Human Relations Act; and the Pennsylvania Wage Payment and Collection Law; all as amended; any common law claims including but not limited to those alleging wrongful discharge; intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress; breach of contract; promissory or equitable estoppel; discrimination; defamation; invasion of privacy; negligence; breach of duty; and/or claims for attorney’s fees, punitive, compensatory and liquidated damages, expenses or costs,
     (d) Employee releases and discharges Releasees not only from any and all such claims or causes of action which Employee could make on Employee’s own behalf, but also those that may or could be brought by any person or organization on Employee’s behalf, and Employee specifically waives any right to become and promises not knowingly to become a member of any class in any proceeding or case in which any such claim or cause of action against Releasees may arise, in whole or in part, from any event which occurred on or before the date Employee executes this Agreement. In the event Employee has not knowingly become a member of any such class, he shall immediately withdraw from any such class as soon as he becomes or is made aware of being part of any such class.
     (e) Employee represents and warrants that Employee has not filed any charges, complaints, claims or actions against Employer or any of the other Releasees, based on any event that took place on or before the date Employee executes this Agreement. Employee further represents that Employee has not previously assigned or transferred or purported to have assigned or transferred, to any person or entity, any claim released by Employee under the Agreement or any portion thereof or interest therein.
     (f) The release and waiver set forth in this Agreement does not prohibit Employee from filing an administrative charge of alleged discrimination with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. However, Employee waives any right to monetary or other recovery should any federal, state or local administrative agency pursue any claim on Employee’s behalf relating in any way to Employee’s employment with Employer, to Employee’s separation from employment with Employer, or to any of the claims that are otherwise subject to the release and waiver of claims set forth in this Agreement.

- 4 -


 

     (g) Employee represents that Employee is not aware of any facts that would support any claim of discrimination or other unlawful conduct by any other current or former employee of Employer against Employer or any of the other Releasees.
     (h) The release and waiver set forth in this Agreement is in exchange for valuable consideration that Employee would not otherwise be entitled to receive.
     (i) Upon receipt of the consideration referred to herein, Employee will have received complete satisfaction of any and all claims, whether known, suspected, or unknown, that Employee may have or has had against Releasees. Employee waives any and all relief not explicitly provided for herein.
     (j) The release and waiver set forth in this Agreement does not diminish or otherwise adversely impact any vested benefits to which Employee might be entitled, if any, pursuant to any pension or retirement savings plan.
6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT; RETURN OF DOCUMENTS
     (a) Employee’s employment relationship with Employer has been permanently and irrevocably severed, and Employee forever waives any and all claims or right to reinstatement or future employment with Employer. Employee agrees that Employee shall not at any time seek or accept future employment with Employer in any capacity. A breach of this subparagraph 6(a) by Employee shall constitute lawful and just cause to refuse to employ Employee or to terminate Employee if already employed, and Employee shall have no cause of action against Employer for such refusal or termination.
     (b) Employee represents and warrants that as of the Consulting Date, Employee has returned to Employer any and all documents (including electronic and paper documents), software, equipment (including, but not limited to, computers and computer-related items), and all other materials or other things (including, but not limited to, identification and keys) in Employee’s possession, custody or control which are the property of Employer, as well as all copies and derivatives, in whatever form. Employee represents that Employee has not retained and will not retain any such documents, software, equipment, materials or other things which are the property of Employer, or any copies or derivatives thereof.
7. CONFIDENTIALITY OF THIS AGREEMENT, NON DISPARAGEMENT AND REFERENCES
     (a) Employee agrees that the existence, negotiation, terms and conditions of this Agreement are confidential. Except as expressly permitted by Employer in writing, and except for disclosures to Employee’s legal and financial advisors and members of Employee’s immediate family, Employee shall not from the date hereof disclose, directly or indirectly, to any person, this Agreement, the existence or nature hereof, or the terms or conditions set forth herein, or the circumstances surrounding Employee’s separation from Employer, and shall take reasonable steps necessary or appropriate to cause the members of Employee’s family and advisors to abide by such disclosure restriction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may disclose the existence, nature and terms of this Agreement if such disclosure is compelled by applicable law or governmental regulation.

- 5 -


 

     (b) Effective on the Consulting Date, and going forward, Employee has not made and shall not make or publish any statements that disparage, denigrate or are otherwise critical of Employer or any of the Releasees.
     (c) In the event Employer’s Human Resources Department receives a reference inquiry regarding Employee, Employer shall respond to such inquiry in accordance with its standard policy against releasing performance information and will confirm only the dates of Employee’s employment, and Employee’s final salary and last position held, and will not provide any additional information about Employee’s employment, unless additional disclosure is compelled by applicable law or governmental regulation.
8. CONSTRUCTION AND INTERPRETATION
     (a) Neither the Agreement nor anything contained herein shall be construed as an admission of liability for unlawful or wrongful acts, and this Agreement shall not be admissible in any proceeding as evidence of an admission by Employer of a violation of any federal, state or local constitutional provision, statute, regulation, ordinance, order or common law.
     (b) Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or be determined by any court to be illegal or invalid, other than the release and waiver of claims provisions contained herein, the validity of the remaining parts, terms or provisions shall not be affected thereby and said illegal or invalid part, term or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.
     (c) Employer and Employee have had the opportunity to obtain the advice of legal counsel and to review this Agreement Accordingly, it is agreed that no rule of construction shall apply against any party or in favor of any party.
     (d) This Agreement is a fully integrated contract and sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the financial terms of Employee’s separation and Employee’s release and waiver of claims against Employer. This Agreement fully supersedes any and all prior agreements or understandings between the parties, except the Stock Option Agreements to which Employee is a party and which covers currently outstanding options and except the Stock Option Plan or Plans covering such agreements shall remain in effect (except to the extent their terms have been modified by the provisions of this Agreement such as the forfeiture of 150,000 of the covered options). This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns and may not be modified except in writing signed by both Employer and Employee.
     (e) The waiver by Employer of Employee’s breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by Employee of the same or a different provision.
     (f) This Agreement shall be construed and enforced under the laws of Pennsylvania.
9. REASONABLE OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW
     (a) Employer and Employee acknowledge that they have carefully read and fully understand the provisions of this Agreement, that they have had a full and fair opportunity to consider the terms of this Agreement (including the release and waiver of claims set forth herein) for a reasonable period of time, and that their acceptance of the terms of this Agreement is both knowing and voluntary.

- 6 -


 

     (b) Employee acknowledges that Employee has been advised to consult with a lawyer of Employee’s choosing and that Employee has had an opportunity to consult with a lawyer of Employee’s choosing regarding Employee’s lawful remedies and rights as well as the meaning and significance of the terms of this Agreement.
     (c) Employee represents and acknowledges that in executing this Agreement Employee does not rely and has not relied upon any representation or statement made by Employer or by any of the Releasees with regard to the subject matter, basis or effect of this Agreement or otherwise.
     (d) Employee confirms that Employee has been given twenty-one (21) days to consider the terms of this Agreement before signing the Agreement. If Employee executes this Agreement prior to the expiration of the twenty-one (21) day period, Employee acknowledges that Employee does so solely because Employee already fully and carefully considered the Agreement before signing it.
     (e) Employee may revoke the release and waiver of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act by delivering a written revocation to Jay Crosson, SVP of Human Resources, Dick’s Sporting Goods, 300 Industry Drive, RIDC Park West, Pittsburgh, PA 15275, within seven (7) days after executing the Agreement. The obligations of Employer set forth in this Agreement shall not commence until the seven (7) day period set forth herein has expired without Employee’s revocation. This Agreement (including without limitation the release and waiver of claims) shall become effective immediately upon the expiration of this seven (7) day period, absent revocation. If revoked during this period, it shall be null and void. If it is not revoked, it shall be deemed final at the end of the review and revocation periods described herein. Employee’s acceptance of any payments described in Paragraph 4 of this Agreement shall constitute an admission by Employee that Employee did not revoke the release and waiver of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act as permitted herein.

- 7 -


 

10. EFFECTIVE DATE
The effective date of this Agreement shall be on the latest date of execution by the undersigned parties, but in no event before the expiration of the seven (7) day period set forth in Paragraph 9(e) above.
PLEASE READ CAREFULLY. THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE
OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS.
                    DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC.
                 
/s/ Gary M. Sterling
 
      By:   /s/ Jay G. Crosson
 
   
Gray M. Sterling
          Jay G. Crosson, Sr. Vice President    
 
          Human Resources    
 
               
Dated: 1/31/06       Dated: 1/31/06    
                 
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
    )          
 
    )     SS.:    
COUNTY OF ALLEGHENY
    )          
     On this 31 day of January, 2006, before me, the subscriber, personally came Jay G. Crosson, Senior Vice President of Human Resources, of DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC., known to me to be the same person described in and who executed the within instrument on behalf of DICK’S SPORTING GOODS, INC. and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed the same.
     Notary Public
         
       
    /s/ Rhonda L. Mike
   
 
        Notarial Seal
        Rhonda L. Mike, Notary Public
        Marshall Twp, Allegheny County
        My Commission Expires February 22, 2007
 
        Member Pennsylvania Association Of Notaries
                 
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
    )          
 
    )     SS.:    
COUNTY OF: ALLEGHENY
               
     On this 31 day of January, 2006, before me, the subscriber, personally came Gary M. Sterling known to me to be the same person described in and who executed the within instrument and she duly acknowledged to me that she executed the same.
Notary Public
         
      /s/ Rhonda L. Mike
     
 
        Notarial Seal
        Rhonda L. Mike, Notary Public
        Marshall Twp, Allegheny County
        My Commission Expires February 22, 2007
 
        Member Pennsylvania Association Of Notaries

- 8 -

 

Exhibit 12
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
The following table sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the periods indicated:
                                         
    Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal  
    2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
     
Earnings
                                       
Income from continuing operations before taxes
  $ 121,634     $ 114,841     $ 87,346     $ 63,562     $ 38,735  
Fixed charges
    77,750       55,512       33,858       30,914       30,014  
     
Total earnings
  $ 199,384     $ 170,353     $ 121,204     $ 94,476     $ 68,749  
     
 
                                       
Fixed Charges
                                       
Interest expense, net
  $ 12,959     $ 8,009     $ 1,831     $ 2,864     $ 6,241  
 
                                       
Portion of rent expense representative of interest
    64,791       47,503       32,027       28,050       23,773  
     
Total fixed charges
  $ 77,750     $ 55,512     $ 33,858     $ 30,914     $ 30,014  
     
 
                                       
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    2.56       3.07       3.58       3.06       2.29  
     
For purposes of calculating the ratios,
(1) earnings include income from continuing operations before income taxes, fixed charges and a reduction for preference dividend to earnings; and
(2) fixed charges are interest expense incurred, amortization of debt expense and discount or premium related to any indebtedness, the interest component of rent and preference dividend to earnings.
The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is calculated as follows:
(Earnings) + (Fixed Charges)
(Fixed Charges)

64

 

Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES
American Sports Licensing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Dick’s Asset Management)
DSG of Virginia, LLC, a Virginia limited liability company
Galyan’s Trading Company, Inc., an Indiana corporation
Galyan’s of Virginia, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Galyan’s Nevada, Inc., a Nevada corporation

65

 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-102385 and 333-100656 on Forms S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-114749 on Form S-3 of our reports dated March 20, 2006, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. and subsidiaries and management’s report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. and subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2006.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
March 23, 2006

66

 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Edward W. Stack, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and
     d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
     a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
/s/ EDWARD W. STACK
 
      Date: March 23, 2006
Edward W. Stack,
       
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director
       
Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc.
       

67

 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Michael F. Hines, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and
     d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
     a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
/s/ MICHAEL F. HINES
 
      Date: March 23, 2006
Michael F. Hines
       
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
       
Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc.
       

68

 

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended January 28, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Edward W. Stack, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report complies fully with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
/s/ EDWARD W. STACK
 
      Date: March 23, 2006
Edward W. Stack
       
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
       

69

 

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dick’s Sporting Goods, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended January 28, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael F. Hines, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report complies fully with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
/s/ MICHAEL F. HINES
 
      Date: March 23, 2006
Michael F. Hines
       
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
       

70